Aastra 51i страница 112 Скачать руководство пользователя | Manualshive

Страница: 112 / 1134

background image

Administrator Level Options

3-24

41-001160-01, Rev 00, Releaes 2.3

IP Phone Administrator Guide

Incoming/Outgoing Intercom Calls

The Incoming/Outgoing Intercom Call settings on the IP Phone

specify

whether the IP phone or the server is responsible for notifying the recipient that an
Intercom call is being placed. These settings also specify the prefix code for
server-side Intercom calls, and specifies the configuration to use when making the
Intercom call

.

Parameter in

Aastra Web UI

Parameter in

Configuration Files

Description

Incoming Intercom Settings (all models)

Auto-Answer

Note:

This option can

be set by both Users
and Administrators.

sip allow auto answer

Enables or disables the IP phone to allow automatic
answering for an Intercom call. If auto-answer is
enabled on the IP phone, the phone plays a tone to
alert the user before answering the intercom call. If
auto-answer is disabled, the phone rejects the
incoming intercom call and sends a busy signal to the
caller.

For more information on this feature, see

“Incoming/

Outgoing Intercom with Auto-Answer and Barge In”

on

page 5-98

.

Microphone Mute

Note:

This option can

be set by both Users
and Administrators.

sip intercom mute mic

Enables or disables the microphone on the IP phone
for Intercom calls made by the originating caller.

For more information on this feature, see

“Incoming/

Outgoing Intercom with Auto-Answer and Barge In”

on

page 5-98

.

Play Warning Tone

Note:

This option can

be set by both Users
and Administrators.

sip intercom warning
tone

Enables or disables a warning tone to play when the
phone receives an incoming intercom call on an active
line.

For more information on this feature, see

“Incoming/

Outgoing Intercom with Auto-Answer and Barge In”

on

page 5-98

.

Allow Barge In

Note:

This option can

be set by both Users
and Administrators.

sip intercom allow barge
in

Enable or disables how the phone handles incoming
intercom calls while the phone is on an active call.

For more information on this feature, see

“Incoming/

Outgoing Intercom with Auto-Answer and Barge In”

on

page 5-98

.

«
...
110
111
112
113
114
...
»

Содержание 51i

Страница 1: ...Administrator Guide Release 2 3 SI SIP I IP PHONE PHONE 41 001160 01 Rev 00 9143i 9480i 9480i CT 9143i 9480i 9480i CT and 5i Series Phones and 5i Series Phones ...

Страница 2: ...ul use While every effort has been made to ensure accuracy Aastra Telecom will not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained within this documentation The information contained in this documentation is subject to change without notice Copyright 2008 Aastra Telecom www aastratelecom com All Rights Reserved ...

Страница 3: ...ribe translate or reduce to electronic medium or machine readable form or language derive source code without the express written consent of the Seller and its Suppliers or disseminate or otherwise disclose the Software to third parties All Software furnished hereunder whether or not part of firmware including all copies thereof are and shall remain the property of Seller and its Suppliers and are...

Страница 4: ......

Страница 5: ...t restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS I...

Страница 6: ...cense is also granted to make and use derivative works provided that such works are identified as derived from the RSA Data Security Inc MD5 Message Digest Algorithm in all material mentioning or referencing the derived work RSA Data Security Inc makes no representations concerning either the merchantability of this software or the suitability of this software for any particular purpose It is prov...

Страница 7: ... other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org 4 The names OpenSSL Toolkit and OpenSSL Project must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software...

Страница 8: ...ITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product...

Страница 9: ... that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning ...

Страница 10: ...R SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot be c...

Страница 11: ...butors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CON...

Страница 12: ...le U S and foreign export laws and regulations and v using the Run Time Module other than in connection with operation of the Target Application Aastra Telecom and Wind River Systems i Retain ownership of all copies of the Run Time Module ii expressly disclaim all implied warranties including without limitation the implied warranties of merchantability fitness for a particular purpose title and no...

Страница 13: ...her intellectual property rights You may transfer the Software only if the recipient agrees to be fully bound by these terms and if you retain no copies of the Software LIMITED MEDIA WARRANTY If the Software has been delivered by Intel on physical media Intel warrants the media to be free from material physical defects for a period of ninety days after delivery by Intel If such a defect is found r...

Страница 14: ...excluding its principles of conflict of laws and the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the Sale of Goods You may not export the Software in violation of applicable export laws and regulations Intel is not obligated under any other agreements unless they are in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Intel GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS The Software is provided with RESTRICTED ...

Страница 15: ...ginal SSLeay License viii libSRTP SRTP Cisco xi Wind River Systems VxWorks software xii UPnP Intel xii Preface About this guide xvii Introduction xvii Audience xvii Other Documentation xviii Chapters and appendixes in this guide xix Chapter 1 Overview About this chapter 1 1 IP Phone Models 1 3 Description 1 3 Model 9143i IP Phone 1 6 Model 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones 1 10 Model 51i IP Phone 1 15 ...

Страница 16: ...iguration Files 1 39 Chapter 2 Configuration Interface Methods About this chapter 2 1 Configuration Methods 2 2 Description 2 2 IP Phone UI 2 2 Aastra Web UI 2 6 Configuration Files Administrator Only 2 17 Chapter 3 Administrator Options About this chapter 3 1 Administrator Level Options 3 3 Description 3 3 IP Phone UI Options 3 3 Aastra Web UI Options 3 6 Configuration File Options 3 8 Phone Stat...

Страница 17: ...ed Network Settings 4 26 Global SIP Settings 4 66 Description 4 66 Basic SIP Settings 4 67 Advanced SIP Settings optional 4 80 Real time Transport Protocol RTP Settings 4 89 Autodial Settings 4 99 Configuration Server Protocol 4 104 Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol 4 104 Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features About this chapter 5 1 Operational Features 5 5 Description 5 5 User Pas...

Страница 18: ...emote phones 5 83 Message Waiting Indicator Line 5 85 DND Key Mode 5 87 Call Forward Mode 5 89 Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices LLDP MED and Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN 5 93 Incoming Outgoing Intercom with Auto Answer and Barge In 5 98 Group Paging RTP Settings 5 103 Key Mapping 5 109 Ring Tones and Tone Sets 5 113 Priority Alerting 5 118 Directed Call Pic...

Страница 19: ...nd Receive Gain Adjustments 5 339 Centralized Conferencing for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers 5 341 Authentication Support for HTTP HTTPS Download Methods used with Broadsoft Client Management System CMS 5 345 Customizing the Display Columns on the 560M Expansion Module 5 348 Chapter 6 Configuring Advanced Operational Features About this chapter 6 1 Advanced Operational Features 6 3 Description 6 ...

Страница 20: ...one 7 2 Configuration File Encryption Method 7 2 Procedure to Encrypt Configuration Files 7 4 Vendor Configuration File Encryption 7 6 Chapter 8 Upgrading the Firmware About this chapter 8 1 Upgrading the Firmware 8 2 Manual Firmware Update TFTP only 8 2 Manual Firmware and Configuration File Update 8 4 Automatic Update auto resync 8 6 8 10 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting About this chapter 9 1 Troubles...

Страница 21: ...and Advanced Parameters A 6 Simplified IP Phone UI Options Menu A 6 Network Settings A 7 DHCP Option Settings A 12 Password Settings A 14 Emergency Dial Plan Settings A 15 Aastra Web UI Settings A 16 Configuration Server Settings A 17 Network Address Translation NAT Settings A 27 Rport Setting A 29 Local SIP UDP TCP Port Setting A 30 Local SIP TLS Port A 30 HTTPS Client and Server Settings A 31 HT...

Страница 22: ...List Settings A 119 Customize Callers List and Services Key A 120 Call Forward Settings A 121 Call Forward Key Mode Settings A 122 LLDP MED and ELIN Settings A 124 Missed Calls Indicator Settings A 126 XML Settings A 127 Action URI Settings A 130 XML SIP Notify Settings A 134 Ring Tone and Tone Set Global Settings A 135 Ring Tone Per Line Settings A 137 Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing Setting A 1...

Страница 23: ...tkey Settings for 57i and 57i CT A 199 Handset Feature Key Settings for the 9480i CT and 57i CT A 206 Expansion Module Key Settings for 536M 53i 55i 57i 57i CT and 560M for 55i 57i 57i CT A 208 Locking Softkeys and Programmable Keys A 214 Locking the SAVE and DLETE Keys 53i A 217 BLF List URI Settings A 218 Customizing 560M Expansion Module Column Display A 219 Expansion Module 1 through 3 A 219 A...

Страница 24: ...Server Set up B 2 Appendix C Configuring the IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX About this appendix C 1 IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX C 2 Appendix D Sample Configuration Files About this appendix D 1 Sample Configuration Files D 2 57i Sample Configuration File D 2 57i CT Sample Configuration File D 12 53i Sample Configuration File D 29 Appendix E Sample BLF Softkey Settings About this appendix E 1 ...

Страница 25: ...Directory Object Directory List Screen G 39 Status Message Object Idle Screen G 41 Execute Commands Object for executing XML commands G 43 XML URI for Key Press Simulation G 60 Dynamic Configuration Object to push a configuration to the phone G 64 XML Image Objects 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT only G 68 Attributes Options to Use with XML Objects G 78 HTTP Post G 82 XML Schema File G 85 Managing X...

Страница 26: ......

Страница 27: ... IP phones Audience This guide is for network administrators system administrators developers and partners who need to understand how to operate and maintain the IP phone on a SIP network It also provides some user specific information This guide contains information that is at a technical level more suitable for system or network administrators Prior knowledge of IP Telephony concepts is recommen...

Страница 28: ...e Model 9143i 9480i 9480i CT and 5i Series SIP IP Phone Administrator Guide explains how to set the phone up on the network as well as advanced configuration instructions for the SIP IP phone This guide contains information that is at a technical level more suitable for a system or network administrator Model specific SIP IP Phone User Guides explains the most commonly used features and functions ...

Страница 29: ... the IP Phone Chapter 4 Configuring operational information on the IP Phones Chapter 5 Configuring advanced operational information on the IP Phones Chapter 6 Encryption information Chapter 7 Firmware upgrade information Chapter 8 Troubleshooting solutions Chapter 9 Configuration parameters Appendix A Configuration server setup Appendix B Configuring the IP Phones at the Asterisk PBX Appendix C Sa...

Страница 30: ......

Страница 31: ...e models use for operation Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page IP Phone Models page 1 3 Model 9143i IP Phone page 1 6 Model 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones page 1 10 Model 51i IP Phone page 1 15 Model 53i IP Phone page 1 20 Model 55i IP Phone page 1 23 Model 57i and 57i CT IP Phones page 1 27 Firmware Installation Information page 1 33 Installation Considerations page 1 33 Inst...

Страница 32: ...ter 1 2 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Firmware and Configuration Files page 1 36 Configuration File Precedence page 1 38 Installing the Firmware Configuration Files page 1 39 Topic Page ...

Страница 33: ...col SIP The 9480i CT and 57i CT offers the base phone along with a cordless extension References For more information about the features and installation requirements see the SIP IP Phone Installation Guide for your specific model The following illustrations show the types of IP Phone Models Options Directory Delete Save Mute Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Co nf Service s Xfer Ico m Hold Redial Go od bye Opti...

Страница 34: ...aes 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Optional Accessories The following are optional accessories for the IP Phones 55i 57i 57i CT 53i 51i Power over Ethernet PoE Additional Ethernet Cable category 5 5e straight through Inline Power Injector cable ...

Страница 35: ...dditional softkeys for the phone The 560M module adds 60 additional softkeys to the IP phone models 55i 57i and 57i CT using the 3 function keys on the bottom right of the unit The 560M module provides an LCD display for display softkey labels Up to 3 modules can be piggy backed to provide up to 180 additional softkeys for the phone Reference For more information about installing and using the exp...

Страница 36: ...speeddial key configuration feature Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Supports up to 9 call lines Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet ports lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support based on 802 3af standard which eliminates power adapters AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set paging Availability of feature depe...

Страница 37: ... open list such as the Options List without saving changes Hold key Places an active call on hold To retrieve a held call press the call appearance button beside the light that is flashing Volume control key Adjusts the volume for the handset headset ringer and handsfree speaker Callers List key Allows you to access the Callers List that stores up to 200 of the last calls received Conference key A...

Страница 38: ...re password protected Contact your System Administrator for more information Directory key Accesses the Directory on the phone The Directory List is your personal phone book conveniently stored within your phone You can enter up to 200 entries into the 9143i Directory by adding them manually or by saving the number and name from other lists stored on your phone Each entry can contain a maximum of ...

Страница 39: ...here are no functions configured on the programmable keys keys are configured as None Note For more information about configuring the programmable keys 1 through 7 to perform specific functions see Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features the section Softkeys Programmable Keys Feature Keys Expansion Module Keys on page 5 137 Mute key Mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you the l...

Страница 40: ...rt 10 100 Ethernet switch lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support based on 802 3af standard which eliminates power adapters AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set paging Availability of feature dependant on your phone system or service provider 35i 35i Conf onf Servi vices es Xfer er Icom om ABC ABC DEF DEF GHI GHI JKL JKL MNO MNO PQRS PQRS TUV TUV WXYZ...

Страница 41: ... that is flashing Redial key Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers Pressing the Redial key twice simultaneously redials the last dialed number Volume control key Adjusts the volume for the handset headset ringer and handsfree speaker Handsfree key Activates Handsfree for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset When the audio mode option is set this key is used to switch betwee...

Страница 42: ... intercom call to a remote extension and answers incoming intercom calls The 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones also have default softkey 4 configured as Icom Services key Displays a list of Services available to your phone if specific services have been configured The available Aastra services include Directory Callers Log The 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones also have default softkey 1 configured as Servi...

Страница 43: ...Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 1 13 Overview 9480i CT Cordless Handset Features 5 line backlit display screen 2 multi functional softkeys Programmable function key supports up to 14 functions Vibration Alerter Headset Jack Desk charging stand ...

Страница 44: ... to the programmed Feature Key List Scrolls up when in the various lists Adds a space during editing 5 Softkeys Activates feature or option shown on the display above the keys 6 Call key Used to obtain dial tone Also used as a Hold key 7 Dial Pad 8 Mute Key When used prevents the caller from hearing you 9 Headset Jack 10 Status Light 11 Release key To end calls and go on hook Exits Menu and the va...

Страница 45: ...mbol keypad or a text keypad 51i Phone Features 3 line LCD screen 1 call appearance line Press and Hold speeddial key configuration feature Supports 1 call line with transfer capabilities Full duplex speakerphone for monitoring calls Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet ports lets you share a connection with your computer AC power adapter sold separately Goodbye Services Hold Redial Save Delete Swap ...

Страница 46: ... redials the last dialed number Volume control key Adjusts the volume for the handset ringer and handsfree speaker Save key Saves names and numbers to the Directory List Also saves names and numbers from the Callers List to the Directory List Delete key Deletes individual or all entries from the Directory List and Callers List Deletes all entries from the Redial List You can also use this key to b...

Страница 47: ... also let you scroll through menu selections such as the Options List UP Arrow This key also acts as a Transfer Key allowing you to transfer calls when required DOWN Arrow This key also acts as a Conference Key allowing you to join conferences when required Pressing the UP and DOWN arrow keys lets you view the lines on the LCD While in the Options List the navigation keys allow you to exit or ente...

Страница 48: ...redials the last dialed number Volume control key Adjusts the volume for the handset ringer and handsfree speaker Save key Saves names and numbers to the Directory List Also saves names and numbers from the Callers List to the Directory List Delete key Deletes individual or all entries from the Directory List and Callers List Deletes all entries from the Redial List You can also use this key to ba...

Страница 49: ... also let you scroll through menu selections such as the Options List UP Arrow This key also acts as a Transfer Key allowing you to transfer calls when required DOWN Arrow This key also acts as a Conference Key allowing you to join conferences when required Pressing the UP and DOWN arrow keys lets you view the lines on the LCD While in the Options List the navigation keys allow you to exit or ente...

Страница 50: ...Features 3 line LCD screen 6 top keys all 6 keys are programmable 3 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speeddial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet ports lets you share a connection with your computer AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set...

Страница 51: ...all appearance button beside the light that is flashing Redial key Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers Pressing the Redial key twice simultaneously redials the last dialed number Volume control key Adjusts the volume for the handset headset ringer and handsfree speaker Line Call Appearance key Connects you to a line or call The Aastra 53i IP phone supports up to 3 line keys Handsfree key A...

Страница 52: ...ctively These keys are locked but can be unlocked and made configurable if required by the System Administrator The following are the default functions for the programmable keys on the 53i IP phone 1 SAVE Allows you to save numbers and or names to the Directory Using this key you enter the number name and line or speeddial key to record in the Directory List 2 DELETE Allows you to delete a single ...

Страница 53: ... 55i Phone Features 8 line graphical LCD screen 144 x 75 pixels with white backlight 12 programmable keys 6 Top keys Programmable hard keys 6 Bottom keys Programmable state based softkeys 4 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speeddial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10...

Страница 54: ...r phone Your System Administrator may have already customized some of your settings Check with your System Administrator before changing the administrator only options Hold key Places an active call on hold To retrieve a held call press the call appearance button beside the light that is flashing Redial key Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers Pressing the Redial key twice simultaneously re...

Страница 55: ...ases the character on the left pressing the RIGHT arrow key sets the option Programmable keys 6 Top keys programmable hard keys up to 6 programmable functions By default the top keys 1 through 4 are assigned as Services Directory Callers List and Intercom respectively Keys 5 and 6 have no assigned functions All 6 keys are programmable and can be assigned to perform specific functions The following...

Страница 56: ...fic functions on the 55i IP phone However after you lift the handset there are specific static softkeys that display that cannot be changed These are as follows 1 DIAL Allows you to dial out on the phone 2 CONF Begins a conference call with the active phone 3 XFER Transfers the active call to another number Note For more information about configuring softkeys 1 through 6 to perform specific functi...

Страница 57: ...ures 11 line graphical LCD screen 144 x 128 pixels with white backlight 12 multi functional softkeys 6 Top Keys programmable static softkeys 6 Bottom Keys programmable state based softkeys 4 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speeddial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Built in two port 1...

Страница 58: ... Options key Accesses options to customize your phone Your System Administrator may have already customized some of your settings Check with your System Administrator before changing the administrator only options Hold key Places an active call on hold To retrieve a held call press the call appearance button beside the light that is flashing Redial key Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers P...

Страница 59: ...igation keys Pressing the UP and DOWN arrow keys lets you view different status and text messages on the LCD display if there is more than 1 line of status text messages These buttons also let you scroll through menu selections such as the Options List Pressing the LEFT and RIGHT arrow keys lets you view the different line call appearances While in the Options List these keys allow you to exit or ...

Страница 60: ...voicemail provided by third parties 2 DIRECTORY Displays up to 200 names and phone numbers stored in alphabetical order 3 CALLERS LIST Accesses the last 200 calls received 4 ICOM Accesses another extension on the network 5 NONE No assigned function 6 NONE No assigned function By default the bottom softkeys 7 through 12 have no assigned functions You can configure all 6 bottom softkeys to perform s...

Страница 61: ...tion Alerter Headset Jack Desk charging stand 57i CT Cordless Handset Key Descriptions Function Function Description 1 Receiver 2 Volume key During Ringing Adjusts ringer volume During a call Adjusts receiver volume During text mode not in a call Moves cursor right left 3 Display 4 Features ƒ Key List Access key to the programmed Feature Key List Scrolls up when in the various lists Adds a space d...

Страница 62: ...e Also used as a Hold key 7 Dial Pad 8 Mute Key When used prevents the caller from hearing you 9 Headset Jack 10 Status Light 11 Release key To end calls and go on hook Exits Menu and the various lists 12 Menu Key Access key to the different Options Scrolls down when in the various lists Used as Backspace during editing 13 Redial Key Displays the last 10 numbers dialed 14 Charging Jack 15 Charging...

Страница 63: ... server setup you may have the IP phone may download a firmware version automatically or you may need to download it manually Installation Considerations The following considerations must be made before connecting the IP phone to the network If you are planning on using dynamic IP addresses make sure a DHCP server is enabled and running on your network If you are not planning on using dynamic IP a...

Страница 64: ...HTTPS Ethernet Fast Ethernet LAN 10 100 Mb Category 5 5e straight through cabling Power source For Ethernet networks that supply in line power to the phone IEEE 802 3af For power use the Ethernet cable supplied to connect from the phone directly to the network for power No 48v AC power adapter required For Ethernet networks that DO NOT supply power to the phone For power use the 48V AC Power Adapt...

Страница 65: ... need to download to your IP phone Stores configuration files for the IP phone Stores the software when performing software upgrades to the IP phone Reference To set the protocol for your configuration server see Chapter 4 the section Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 For setting up your configuration server see Appendix B Configuration Server Setup Note If you use TFTP t...

Страница 66: ...o the phone The configuration files consist of two files called aastra cfg This file contains configuration information about the IP Phone MAC cfg for example 00085D1610DE cfg This file contains configuration information about the IP Phone The following table provides the files that the phone requests from the configuration server during bootup of the phone Note Automatic download is dependant on ...

Страница 67: ...mware file includes all the necessary files you need for your phone including the language files Loading the language files to your phone s is optional For more information about loading language files and using the various languages on the IP phone see Chapter 5 the section Language on page 5 30 ...

Страница 68: ...In the event of conflicting values set by the different methods values are applied in the following sequence 1 Default values hard coded in the phone software 2 Values downloaded from the configuration server 3 Values stored locally on the phone The last values to be applied to the phone configuration are the values that take effect For example if a parameter s value is set in the local configurat...

Страница 69: ...le phone model st to the root directory of the configuration server The IP phone accepts the new firmware file only if it is different from the firmware currently loaded on the IP phone Note The phone model attribute is the IP phone model i e 9143i st 9480i st 9480iCT st 51i st 53i st 55i st 57i st 57iCT st 3 Copy the Aastra configuration files aastra cfg and mac cfg to the root directory of the c...

Страница 70: ......

Страница 71: ...can use to configure the IP phones Topics This chapter covers the following topics Note Features characteristics requirements and configuration that are specific to a particular IP phone models are indicated where required in this guide Topic Page Configuration Methods page 2 2 IP Phone UI page 2 2 Aastra Web UI page 2 6 Configuration Files Administrator Only page 2 17 ...

Страница 72: ...use the phone s hard keys and keypad to configure specific features on the IP phone By default specific softkeys programmable keys on each phone model can also access the Directory List and Callers List and initiate transfers and conference calls Reference Refer to Chapter 1 the section IP Phone Models on page 1 3 for keys specific to your phone model For more information about using the hard keys...

Страница 73: ...ch phone model Note An Administrator can apply a simplified options menu to the IP phones An Administrator can also enable and disable the use of an Administrator password protection in the IP phone UI These features are configurable using the configuration files only For more information about these features see Chapter 3 the section Simplified IP Phone UI Options Menu on page page 3 5 and Chapte...

Страница 74: ...Configuration Methods 2 4 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide 53i 55i 57i 57i CT 57i CT Handset Options Key Options Key 51i ...

Страница 75: ... 55i 57i 57i CT To select an option press the Select softkey press 4 or select the number on the keypad that corresponds to the option in the Option List 4 On 9143i 51i 53i Use the Set softkey after making a change to an option to save the change On the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT Use the Change softkey to change a selected option 5 Press the Done softkey at any time to save the changes and exit...

Страница 76: ...ayer Security TLS as a sublayer under its regular HTTP application layering SSL is a commonly used protocol for managing the security of a message transmission on the Internet It uses a 40 bit key size for the RC4 stream encryption algorithm which is considered an adequate degree of encryption for commercial exchange TLS is a protocol that ensures privacy between communicating applications and the...

Страница 77: ...client and server HTTPS Client When an HTTPS client opens and closes its TCP socket the SSL software respectively handshakes upon opening and disconnects upon closing from the HTTPS server The main HTTPS client functions are Downloading of configuration files and firmware images Downloading of script files based on an HTTPS URL supplied by a softkey definition HTTPS Server The HTTPS server provide...

Страница 78: ...displaying Loading Page Authentication Support for HTTP HTTPS Download Methods for Broadsoft Client Management System CMS The IP Phones have authentication support per RFC 2617 when using HTTP or HTTPS as download protocols If a 5i Series phone is challenged by an HTTP or HTTPS server when the server attempts to download the aastra cfg file the phone automatically sends aastra as the default Usern...

Страница 79: ...by others Accepting the certificate then forwards you to the phone s Web UI Reference For more information on configuring the HTTPS protocol see Chapter 4 the sections Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 HTTPS Client Server Configuration on page 4 36 Notes 1 The private key and certificate generate outside the phone and embed in the phone firmware for use by the HTTPS serve...

Страница 80: ...following procedure to access the Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Open your web browser and enter the phone s IP address or host name into the address field The following is an example of the Login screen that displays IP address or host name ...

Страница 81: ...sword is 22222 For a user the default username is user and the password field is left blank The IP phones accept numeric passwords only The Network Status window displays for the IP phone you are accessing The following illustration is an example of a Network Status screen for the 9143i IP phone 3 You can logout of the Aastra Web UI at any time by clicking LOGOFF Step Action 9143i Network Status W...

Страница 82: ...ction provides the following options Note Programmable Keys apply to the 9143i 53i and 55i Softkeys apply to the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT Expansion Modules apply to the 53i 55i 57i and 57i CT only Heading Description User Password Allows you to change user password Applicable to User and Administrator Phone Lock Allows you to assign an emergency dial plan to the phone lock the phone to pr...

Страница 83: ...e 53i 55i 57i and 57i CT only Applicable to User and Administrator Handset Keys 9480i CT and 57i CT only Allows you to configure up to 15 softkeys on the handset Applicable to User and Administrator Keypad Speed Dial Allows you to configure up to 9 speeddial keys These fields map to the keypad digits 1 through 9 on the phone You can also configure additional speeddials on the programmable keys sof...

Страница 84: ...l UPnP Mapping Lines Message Waiting Indicator Line DND Key Mode Call Forward Key Mode Use LLDP ELIN This section also allows you to set Incoming Intercom Settings Outgoing Intercom Settings Admin Only Administrator can enable these for a User if required Group Paging RTP Settings Key Mapping Admin Only Ring Tones Priority Alert Settings Admin Only Directed Call Pickup Settings Admin Only Auto Cal...

Страница 85: ...odial Settings that apply to specific lines on the IP phone Action URI Allows an administrator to specify a uniform resource identifier URI that triggers a GET when certain events occur An Administrator can also specify a URI to be called enable polling for the URI and specify the interval between polls Applicable to Administrator Only Configuration Server Allows you to set the protocol to use on ...

Страница 86: ...AP MD5 or EAP TLS Applicable to Administrator Only Troubleshooting Allows you to perform troubleshooting tasks whereby the results can be forwarded to Aastra Technical Support for analyzing and troubleshooting Applicable to Administrator Only Configuration Files Step Action 1 Using a text based editing application open the mac cfg file if you want to disable the Web UI on a single phone Open the a...

Страница 87: ...fg mac cfg References For information about configuration file precedence see Chapter 1 Overview For a description of each configuration file parameter see Appendix A Configuration Parameters Using the Configuration Files When you use the configuration files to configure the IP phones you must use a text based editing application to open the configuration file aastra cfg or mac cfg Use the followi...

Страница 88: ...tra cfg mac cfg or both 2 Enter the required configuration parameters followed by the applicable value For example directory 1 company_directory directory 2 my_personal_directory 3 Save the changes and close the configuration file 4 If the parameter requires the phone to be restarted in order for it to take affect use the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI to restart the phone ...

Страница 89: ... Administrator can use the IP Phone UI the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files to enter and change values This chapter provides information about the available Administrator options Topics This chapter covers the following topics Note Specific options are configurable only via the IP Phone UI and or Aastra Web UI and or configuration files Topic Page Administrator Level Options page 3 3 IP Ph...

Страница 90: ...15 Basic Settings page 3 19 Account Configuration page 3 34 Network Settings page 3 36 Line Settings page 3 69 Softkeys Programmable Keys Expansion Module Keys page 3 70 Action URI page 3 71 Configuration Server Settings page 3 73 Firmware Update Features page 3 82 TLS Support page 3 83 802 1x Support page 3 87 Troubleshooting page 3 90 Topic Page ...

Страница 91: ... using the IP Phone UI the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files IP Phone UI Options Using the IP Phone UI you can access the Administrator options at Options Administrator Menu using the default password of 22222 Note An administrator has the option of enabling and disabling the use of password protection in the IP phone UI This is configurable using the configuration files only For more infor...

Страница 92: ...IP Settings Factory Default Erase Local Config References For information about all other user options in the Options Menu see your model specific SIP IP Phone User Guide For procedures on configuring Administrator Options on the IP phone via the IP phone UI see Chapter 4 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features Chapter 6 Configuri...

Страница 93: ... Simplified IP Phone UI Options Menu You can enable the simplified IP Phone UI Options menu using the configurations files only Full Options Menu Simplified Options Menu Call Forward Call Forward Preferences Preferences Phone Status Phone Status User Password Removed Administrator Menu Removed Restart Phone Removed Phone Lock Phone Lock Warning When using the simplified menu you cannot change the ...

Страница 94: ...nistrator logs into the Web UI using a Web browser and entering the Admin username and password at the login prompt The default username is admin and the default password is 22222 The IP phones accept numeric passwords only The column on the left side of the screen indicates the configurable options A User has limited configuration options as shown in the following illustrations Administrator Web ...

Страница 95: ...er can configure this via the Aastra Web UI if enabled by an Administrator Basic Settings Preferences Key Mapping Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Basic Settings Preferences Directed Call Pickup Settings Basic Settings Preferences Auto Call Distribution Settings Basic Settings Preferences Language Settings Language 1 entering language pack filename Language 2 entering language...

Страница 96: ...e IP Phone see Chapter 4 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features For procedures on configuring the Basic Settings for the IP Phone see Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features Configuration File Options An Administrator can enter specific parameters in the configuration files to configure the IP phones All parameters in configuration files can only be set by an administr...

Страница 97: ...tus via IP Phone UI In the IP phone UI the Phone Status options are available to the user and the administrator and do not require a password entry The following options display for phone status on the IP phone UI Phone Status Screen for 9143i 51i 53i Phones Phone Status Screen for 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT Phones Phone Status 1 IP MAC Addresses 2 LAN Port 3 PC Port 4 Firmware Info Enter Next ...

Страница 98: ...ys the Link State Negotiation Method Speed and Duplex Method that the phone uses on its PC Port Firmware Info Displays information about the firmware that is currently installed on the IP phone Phone Status via Aastra Web UI The first screen that displays after logging into the Aastra Web UI for a phone is the Network Status screen This screen also displays when selecting Status System Information...

Страница 99: ...lex for Port 0 and Port 1 Hardware Information Displays the current IP phone platform and the revision number Firmware Information Displays information about the firmware that is currently installed on the IP phone Information in this field includes Firmware Version Firmware Release Code Boot Version Release Date Time SIP Status Displays information about the SIP registration status of the phone I...

Страница 100: ...roxy aastra com on port 5060 Status is Registered Backup registrar is used Yes SIP Error Number Displays on accounts when registration fails with the SIP proxy server Example Backup Registrar Line SIP Account Status Used 4 9057604601 anasipproxy aastra com 5060401 No where Account Number is 4 SIP Account is 9057604601 anasipproxy aastra com on port 5060 Status is 401 Unregistered if SIP registrati...

Страница 101: ...k OR To re load modified configuration files OR If the settings for the IP phone on the IP PBX system have been modified You can restart the phone using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Restarting the Phone Using the IP Phone UI IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Restart Phone 3 For 9143i 51i 53i Press to confirm Note To cancel the R...

Страница 102: ...strator Level Options 3 14 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Restarting the Phone Using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Reset Phone 2 Click to restart the phone ...

Страница 103: ...ctory defaults for all of the settings in the aastra cfg mac cfg and local configuration Performing this action results in losing all user modified settings You can reset a phone to factory defaults using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Setting Factory Defaults Using the IP Phone UI IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator M...

Страница 104: ...nistrator Guide Settings Factory Defaults Using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation Reset Current Settings 2 In the Restore to Factory Defaults field click This restores all factory defaults and removes any saved configuration and directory list files ...

Страница 105: ...odified settings For more information about local configuration see Chapter 1 the section Configuration File Precedence on page 1 38 Erasing the Phone s Local Configuration Using the IP Phone UI IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu and enter your Administrator Password default is 22222 3 Select Erase Local Config 4 For 9...

Страница 106: ...istrator Guide Erasing the Phone s Local Configuration Using the Aastra Web UII Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation Reset Current Settings 2 In the Remove Local Configuration Settings field click This removes the last customized configuration settings made on the phone ...

Страница 107: ... dial plan that describes the number and pattern of digits that a user dials to reach a particular telephone number For more information on this feature see Local Dial Plan on page 5 49 Send Dial Plan Terminator sip dial plan terminator Allows you to enable or disable a dial plan terminator When you configure the dial plan on the phone to use a dial plan terminator such as the pound symbol the pho...

Страница 108: ...l basis see Chapter 5 the section Park Calls Pick Up Parked Calls on page 5 55 To configure the Pickup feature on a key see Chapter 5 the section Park Pick Up Key on page 5 219 Suppress DTMF Playback Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators suppress dtmf playback Enables and disables suppression of DTMF playback when a number is dialed from the softkeys or programmable keys For...

Страница 109: ...ds Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators xml status scroll delay Allows you to set the time delay in seconds between the scrolling of each status message on the phone For more information on this feature see Status Scroll Delay on page 5 70 Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators incoming call interrupts dialing Enable or...

Страница 110: ... Plug and Play UpnP on a specific line on the IP phone For more information on this feature see UPnP Mapping Lines for remote phones on page 5 83 Message Waiting Indicator Line Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators mwi led line Allows you to enable the Message Waiting Indicator MWI on a single line or on all lines on the phone For example if you set this parameter to 3 the L...

Страница 111: ...ection Call Forwarding on page 5 234 LLDP ELIN Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators use lldp elin Enables or disables the use of an Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN received from LLDP as a caller ID for emergency numbers Caution In Release 2 3 and later LLDP is enabled by default If LLDP is enabled on your network the phones may come up with different network s...

Страница 112: ...g intercom call and sends a busy signal to the caller For more information on this feature see Incoming Outgoing Intercom with Auto Answer and Barge In on page 5 98 Microphone Mute Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators sip intercom mute mic Enables or disables the microphone on the IP phone for Intercom calls made by the originating caller For more information on this featur...

Страница 113: ...g Intercom calls This parameter is required for all server side Intercom calls For more information on this feature see Incoming Outgoing Intercom with Auto Answer and Barge In on page 5 98 Line sip intercom line Specifies the line for which the IP phone uses the configuration from when making the Intercom call The IP phone uses the first available line for physically making the call but uses the ...

Страница 114: ...if a value is entered for this parameter If you leave this parameter blank the Redial key returns to its original functionality Note If you configure the Redial key for speeddialing on the 9480i CT or 57i CT Base Stations the Redial key on the 9480i CT and 57i CT handsets retain their original functionality The Redial key on the handset is not configured for speeddial For more information on this ...

Страница 115: ...n on this feature see Ring Tones and Tone Sets on page 5 113 N A LineN Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators lineN ring tone Sets the type of ring tone on the IP phone on a per line basis Ring tone can be set to one of six distinct rings For more information on this feature see Ring Tones and Tone Sets on page 5 113 Parameter in Aastra Web UI Parameter in Configuration Files...

Страница 116: ...8 Priority alert priority When an alert priority keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone is applied to the IP phone For more information on this feature see Priority Alerting on page 5 118 Auto Call Distribution alert auto call distribution When an alert acd keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone is applie...

Страница 117: ...5 Directed Call Pickup Prefix directed call pickup prefix Allows you to specify a prefix to use for directed call pickup that you can use with a BLF or BLF List softkey For more information on this feature see Directed Call Pickup BLF or XML Call Interception on page 5 125 Play a Ring Splash play a ring splash Enables or disables the playing of a short ring splash tone when there is an incoming ca...

Страница 118: ... Available Timer acd auto available timer Specifies the length of time in seconds before the IP phone status switches back to available For more information on this feature see Automatic Call Distribution ACD for Sylantro Servers on page 5 176 Parameter in IP Phone UI Parameter in Aastra Web UI Parameters in Configuration Files Description Time Format Note This option can be set by both Users and ...

Страница 119: ...his option can be set by both Users and Administrators N A time zone name Custom Parameters time zone minutes dst minutes dst start end relative date dst start month dst end month dst start week dst end week dst start day dst end day dst start hour dst end hour This parameter allows the user to set the time zone code or customize the time zone for their area as required For more information on thi...

Страница 120: ...meter in Configuration Files Description WebPage Language Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators language The language you want to display in the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI Valid values for 9143i 9480i 51i 53i 55i 57i are 0 English 1 French 2 Spanish 3 German 4 Italian Valid values for 9480i CT and 57i CT handsets are 0 English 1 French 2 Spanish Note All languages may...

Страница 121: ...lues are English French Français German Deutsch Italian Italiano Spanish Español For more information on this feature see Specifying the Input Language to Use on page 5 37 Language 1 thru 4 language N The language pack you want to load to the IP phone Valid values are lang_fr txt lang_fr_ca txt lang_es txt lang_es_mx txt lang_de txt lang_it txt Notes 1 The languages packs you load are dependant on...

Страница 122: ...hone for these features are Account Phone Custom You can set the modes for DND and CFWD in the Aastra Web UI at the path Basic Settings Preferences General or using the following parameters in the configurations files dnd key mode call forward key mode The following table describes the behavior of the mode settings for DND and CFWD Modes DND CFWD Account Sets DND for a specific account A pre confi...

Страница 123: ... you configured is enabled All other accounts are grayed out but set to the same configuration Using the Aastra Web UI if you make changes to that initial account the changes apply to all accounts on the phone Custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing a pre configured DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn DND ON for al...

Страница 124: ...work Settings The following paragraphs describe the network parameters you can configure on the IP phone Network settings are in two categories Basic network settings Advanced network settings Note Specific parameters are configurable using the Aastra Web UI only and are indicated where applicable ...

Страница 125: ...k information The DHCP server serves the network information that the IP phone requires If the IP phone is unable to get any required information then you must enter it manually DHCP populates the following network information IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Domain Name Servers DNS TFTP HTTP HTTPS and FTP servers and Timer Servers Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or qualified ...

Страница 126: ...e information see Configuring Network Settings Manually on page 4 20 Primary DNS Primary DNS dns1 Primary domain name server IP address For any of the IP address settings on the IP phone a domain name value can be entered instead of an IP address With the help of the domain name servers the domain names for such parameters can then be resolved to their corresponding IP addresses To assign static D...

Страница 127: ...55i 57i 57i CT N A LAN Port PC Port PC Port PassThru Enable Disable 9143i 51i 53i PC Port PassThru Enable Disable 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT ethernet port 0 ethernet port 1 pc port passthrough enabled The send TX and receive RX negotiation to use on the Ethernet LAN Port and Ethernet PC Port for transmitting and receiving data over the LAN or to from your PC respectively The pc port passthrough...

Страница 128: ...s value during start up results in an automatic reboot For more information see Using Option 77 User Class on the IP Phone on page 4 11 Option Override DHCP Option Override dhcp config option override The value specified for this parameter overrides the precedence order for determining a configuration server The value of 0 None specifies no override If set to 0 the phones uses normal precedence or...

Страница 129: ... LLDP MED and Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN on page 5 93 N A LLDP Packet Interval lldp interval The amount of time in seconds between the transmission of LLDP Data Unit LLDPDU packets The value of zero 0 disables this parameter Caution In Release 2 3 and later LLDP is enabled by default If LLDP is enabled on your network the phones may come up with different network settings For mo...

Страница 130: ...uter in the event that only non default UPnP gateways get discovered on the network The UPnP port mappings are saved to this IP address so even if the phone reboots it will still have the correct port mappings For more information see Chapter 4 Universal Plug and Play UPnP for remote phones on page 4 46 NAT IP NAT IP sip nat ip IP address the network device that enforces NAT For more information s...

Страница 131: ...led sip nortel nat support Enables or disables the phone to operate while connected to a network device that enforces NAT For more information see Chapter 4 Configuring Nortel NAT optional on page 4 28 N A Nortel NAT Timer seconds sip nortel nat timer The interval in seconds that the phone sends SIP ping requests to the Nortel proxy For more information see Chapter 4 Configuring Nortel NAT optiona...

Страница 132: ...rameter to 1 prevents the use of the configured Time Server s For more information see Chapter 4 Network Time Servers on page 4 63 N A Time Servers 1 2 and 3 time server1 time server2 time server3 time server4 The 1st 2nd 3rd and 4th time server s IP address or qualified domain name If the time server is enabled the value for time server1 will be used to request the time from For more information ...

Страница 133: ...n on page 4 36 XML HTTP POSTs HTTPS Server Block XML HTTP POSTs https block http post xml Enables or disables the blocking of XML scripts from HTTP POSTs Some client applications use HTTP POSTs to transfer XML scripts The phones s HTTP server accepts these POSTs even if server redirection is enabled effectively bypassing the secure connection When this parameter is enabled blocking is enabled rece...

Страница 134: ...Transport Layer Security version 1 TLS 1 0 is a protocol that ensures privacy between communicating applications and their users on the Internet TLS is the successor to SSL SSL 3 0 Secure Socket Layer version 3 SSL 3 0 is a commonly used protocol for managing the security of a message transmission on the Internet For more information see Chapter 4 HTTPS Client Server Configuration on page 4 36 Par...

Страница 135: ...lid or are not signed by Verisign Thawte or GeoTrust the phones fail to download configuration files For more information see Chapter 4 HTTPS Server Certificate Validation on page 4 40 Check Expires Check Certificate Expiration https validate expires Enables or disables the HTTPS validation of the expiration of the certificates When this parameter is set to 1 the HTTPS client verifies whether or n...

Страница 136: ...s Filename https user certificates Specifies a file name for a PEM file located on the configuration server This file contains the User provided certificates in PEM format These certificates are used to validate peer certificates Note You must disable the https validate certificates parameter in order for the phone to accept the User provided certificates For more information see Chapter 4 HTTPS S...

Страница 137: ...ifferentiated Services Code Point DSCP for SIP packets For more information see Chapter 4 Type of Service ToS Quality of Service QoS and DiffServ QoS on page 4 50 Type of Service RTP RTP tos rtp The Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP for RTP packets For more information see Chapter 4 Type of Service ToS Quality of Service QoS and DiffServ QoS on page 4 50 Type of Service RTCP RTCP tos rtcp Th...

Страница 138: ... see Chapter 4 Virtual LAN optional on page 4 50 Other Priority Priority Non IP Packet priority non ip Specifies the priority value for non IP packets For more information see Chapter 4 Virtual LAN optional on page 4 50 LAN Port Settings Port 0 Phone VLAN ID VLAN ID VLAN id VLAN is a feature on the IP phone that allows for multiple logical Ethernet interfaces to send outgoing RTP packets over a si...

Страница 139: ...rameter It is the mapping between the DSCP value and the VLAN priority value for SIP RTP and RTCP packets You enter the tos priority map value as follows DSCP_1 Priority_1 DSCP_2 Priori ty_2 DSCP_64 Priority_64 where the DSCP value range is 0 63 and the priority range is 0 7 Mappings not enclosed in parentheses and separated with a comma or with values outside the ranges are ignored For more infor...

Страница 140: ... port Example You enable tagging on the LAN Port VLAN id as normal but set the PC Port VLAN id port 1 to 4095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN 3 on the LAN Port but the PC Port is configured as untagged tagging enabled 1 VLAN id 3 VLAN id port 1 4095 For more information see Chapter 4 Virtual LAN optional on page 4 50 PC Port Priority Priority QoS eth port 1 priority Specifies th...

Страница 141: ...e specific parameters using the IP Phone UI the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files If you have a proxy server or have a SIP registrar present at a different location than the PBX server the SIP parameters may need to be changed 2 The IP phones allow you to define different SIP lines with the same account information i e same user name but with different registrar and proxy IP addresses This ...

Страница 142: ...values are up to 20 alphanumeric characters For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 67 User Name Phone Number Global and Per Line sip user name global sip lineN user name per line User name used in the name field of the SIP URI for the IP phone and for registering the phone at the registrar Valid values are up to 20 alphanumeric characters For more information see Chapter 4...

Страница 143: ... when entering For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 67 N A BLA Number Global and Per Line sip bla number global sip lineN bla number per line Phone number that you assign to BLA lines that is shared across all phones global configuration or shared on a per line basis per line configuration For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 67 For more inform...

Страница 144: ...proxy port per line SIP proxy server s port number Default is 0 For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 67 N A Backup Proxy Server Global and Per Line sip backup proxy server global sip lineN backup proxy server per line The IP address of the backup SIP proxy server for which the IP phone uses when the primary SIP proxy is unavailable For more information see Chapter 4 Basi...

Страница 145: ...ee Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 67 Registrar Server Registrar Server Global and Per Line sip registrar ip global sip lineN registrar ip per line IP address of the SIP registrar Up to 64 alphanumeric characters Enables or disables the phone to be registered with the Registrar When Register is disabled globally the phone is still active and you can dial using username and IP address of the...

Страница 146: ...up registrar s typically the backup SIP proxy port number For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 67 N A Registration Period Global and Per Line sip registration period global sip lineN registration period per line The requested registration period in seconds from the registrar For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 67 N A Conference Server URI Glob...

Страница 147: ...ing the box for this field in the Aastra Web UI Default is disabled For more information see Chapter 4 Advanced SIP Settings optional on page 4 80 Explicit MWI Subscription Period sip explicit mwi subscription period The requested duration in seconds before the MWI subscription times out The phone re subscribes to MWI before the subscription period ends For more information see Chapter 4 Advanced ...

Страница 148: ... specified line with the BroadSoft s server side DND CFWD or ACD features For more information about this parameter see Chapter 6 the section As Feature Event Subscription on page 6 17 AS Feature Event Subscription Period sip as feature event subscription period Specifies the amount of time in seconds between resubscribing If the phone does not resubscribe in the time specified for this parameter ...

Страница 149: ...mation see Chapter 4 Advanced SIP Settings optional on page 4 80 Timer 1 and Timer 2 sip T1 timer sip T2 timer These timers are SIP transaction layer timers defined in RFC 3261 Timer 1 is an estimate in milliseconds of the round trip time RTT Timer 2 represents the amount of time in milliseconds a non INVITE server transaction takes to respond to a request For more information see Chapter 4 Advanc...

Страница 150: ...UST specify the Trusted Certificates the Root and Intermediate Certificates the Local Certificate and the Private Key are optional For more information see Chapter 4 Advanced SIP Settings optional on page 4 80 Local SIP UDP TCP Port sip local port Specifies the local source port UDP TCP from which the phone sends SIP messages Notes 1 It is recommended that you avoid the conflict RTP port range in ...

Страница 151: ...ed SIP Settings optional on page 4 80 Registration Timeout Retry Timer sip registration timeout retry timer Specifies the length of time in seconds that the phone waits until it re attempts to register after a REGISTER message times out If this parameter is set lower than 30 seconds the phone uses a minimum timer of 30 seconds For more information see Chapter 4 Advanced SIP Settings optional on pa...

Страница 152: ...ptional on page 4 80 BLA Subscription Period sip bla subscription period Specifies the amount of time in seconds that the phone waits to receive a BLA subscribe message from the server If you specify zero 0 the phone uses the value specified for the BLA expiration in the subscribe message received from the server If no value is specified the phone uses the default value of 300 seconds For more inf...

Страница 153: ...roxy see Chapter 6 the section Whitelist Proxy on page 6 24 XML SIP Notify sip xml notify event Enables or disables the phone to accept or reject an aastra xml SIP NOTIFY message Note To ensure the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server ...

Страница 154: ...4 Real time Transport Protocol RTP Settings on page 4 89 N A Basic Codecs G 711 u Law G 711 a Law G 729 sip use basic codecs Enables or disables basic codecs Enabling this parameter allows the IP phone to use the basic Codecs when sending receiving RTP packets Valid values are 0 disabled and 1 enabled Default is 0 disabled For more information see Chapter 4 Real time Transport Protocol RTP Setting...

Страница 155: ...rt Protocol RTP Settings on page 4 89 N A RTP Encryption Global and Per Line sip srtp mode global sip lineN srtp mode per line This parameter determines if SRTP is enabled on this IP phone as follows If set to 0 then disable SRTP If set to 1 then SRTP calls are preferred If set to 2 then SRTP calls only are generated accepted For more information see Chapter 4 Real time Transport Protocol RTP Sett...

Страница 156: ...Per Line sip autodial timeout sip lineN autodial timeout Globally or on a per line basis specifies the time in seconds that the phone waits to dial a preconfigured number after the handset is lifted from the IP phone cradle If this parameter is set to 0 hotline the phone immediately dials a preconfigured number when you lift the handset If this parameter is set to a value greater than 0 the phone ...

Страница 157: ...astra Web UI Basic SIP Authentication Settings Basic SIP Network Settings Advanced SIP Settings Missed Call Summary Subscription only RTP Settings DTMF Method and RTP Encryption only Autodial Settings On a per line basis you can also enable disable the Use Global Settings parameter References For more information about configuring the features listed above on a per line basis see Chapter 4 the sec...

Страница 158: ...keys You can have up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totaling 180 softkeys Valid for 55i 57i and 57i CT phones The softkey programmable key or expansion module key can be set to use a specific function Available functions depend on the IP phone model Reference For more information about key functions see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Paramet...

Страница 159: ...I that triggers a GET when certain XML events occur The IP phone XML events that support this feature are Startup Successful registration Incoming call Outgoing call Offhook Onhook Disconnected XML SIP Notify You can set these parameters using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Reference For more information about setting the Action URIs for XML applications see XML Action URIs on page 5...

Страница 160: ...hout XML content If XML content is provided in the SIP NOTIFY it is processed directly by the phone as it is done for an XML PUSH Reference For more information about enabling the XML SIP Notify on the IP Phones see Chapter 5 the section XML SIP Notify Events on page 5 319 Polling Action URIs Another way to reach a phone behind a NAT firewall is to have the phone make an XML call at periodic inter...

Страница 161: ...meters in Configuration Files Description Download Protocol Settings Download Protocol Download Protocol download protocol Protocol to use for downloading new versions of software to the IP phone Valid values are TFTP FTP HTTP HTTPS Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or domain name for the download servers your DHCP server must support Option 66 The IP phones also support Optio...

Страница 162: ...ration files reside on the TFTP server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s configuration and firmware files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field Note Enter the path name in the form folderX folderX folderX For example ipphone 57i configfiles For more information see Chapter 4 Configu...

Страница 163: ...l on page 4 104 Select TFTP Use Alternate TFTP use alternate tftp Enables or disables the alternate TFTP server Valid values are 0 disabled and 1 enabled For more information see Chapter 4 Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 FTP Server FTP Server ftp server The FTP server s IP address or network host name This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the...

Страница 164: ...ol on page 4 104 FTP Username FTP Username ftp username The username to enter for accessing the FTP server This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the phone Note The IP Phones support usernames containing dots For more information see Chapter 4 Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 FTP Password FTP Password ftp password The password to enter for acce...

Страница 165: ...path name for which the configuration files reside on the HTTP server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s configuration and firmware files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field For more information see Chapter 4 Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 HTTP Port HTTP Port http port...

Страница 166: ...ies the path name for which the configuration files reside on the HTTPS server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s configuration and firmware files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field For more information see Chapter 4 Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 Download Port HTTPS ...

Страница 167: ... not overwritten by an auto resync update Auto resync affects the configuration files only However the settings in the Aastra Web UI take precedence over the IP phone UI and the configuration files 3 The resync time is based on the local time of the IP phone 4 If the IP phone is in use not idle at the time of the resync check the reboot occurs when the phone becomes idle 5 The automatic update fea...

Страница 168: ...entering a value for this parameter using the configuration files the value can be entered using minute values from 00 to 59 for example the auto resync time can be entered as 02 56 5 Auto Resync adds up to 15 minutes random time to the configured time For example if the auto resync time parameter is set to 02 00 the event takes place any time between 02 00 and 02 15 6 When the language on the pho...

Страница 169: ...ddresses N A XML Push Server List Approved IP Addresses xml application post list The HTTP server that is pushing XML applications to the IP phone For more information see Chapter 5 the section XML Push Requests on page 5 303 Parameter In IP Phone UI Parameter in Aastra Web UI Parameters in Configuration Files Description ...

Страница 170: ...wnload the firmware stored on the configuration server in one of three ways Manual firmware update using the Aastra Web UI TFTP only Manual update of firmware and configuration files by restarting the phone via the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Automatic update of firmware configuration files or both at a specific time in a 24 hour period via the Aastra Web UI or configuration files Reference F...

Страница 171: ...tocol Specifies the protocol that the RTP port on the IP phone uses to send out SIP signaling packets Default is USP Notes 1 If you set the value of this parameter to 4 TLS the phone checks to see if the sips persistent tls is enabled If it is enabled the phone uses Persistent TLS on the connection If sips persistent tls is disabled then the phone uses TLS on the connection If TLS is used you must...

Страница 172: ...stent TLS requires the outbound proxy server and outbound proxy port parameters be configured in either the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Network Settings There can be only one persistent TLS connection created per phone The phone establishes the TLS connection to the configured outbound proxy 2 If you configure the phone to use Persistent TLS you ...

Страница 173: ...ust CA root certificate This parameter is required when configuring TLS optional for Persistent TLS Note The certificate files must use the format pem To create custom certificate files to use on your IP phone contact Aastra Technical Support For more information see Chapter 6 the section Transport Layer Security TLS on page 6 26 N A Local Certificate Filename sips local certificate Allows you to ...

Страница 174: ... when the phone uses the TLS transport protocol to setup a call The Trusted Certificate files define a list of trusted certificates The phone s trusted list must contain the CA root certificates for all the servers it is connecting to For example if the phone is connecting to server A which has a certificate signed by CA1 and server B which has a certificate signed by CA2 the phone must have CA1 r...

Страница 175: ...the 802 1x Protocol Note If configuring 802 1x using the IP Phone UI the certificates and private keys must already be configured and stored on the phone Use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI to load certificates and private keys Parameter In IP Phone UI Parameter in Aastra Web UI Parameters in Configuration Files Description EAP MD5 802 1x Mode EAP Type eap type Specifies the type of a...

Страница 176: ...x Support on page 6 31 EAP TLS 802 1x Mode EAP Type eap type Specifies the type of authentication to use on the IP Phone For more information see Chapter 6 the section 802 1x Support on page 6 31 Identity Identity identity Specifies the identity or username used for authenticating the phone Note The value you enter for this parameter also displays in the Aastra Web UI at the path Advanced Settings...

Страница 177: ... see Chapter 6 the section 802 1x Support on page 6 31 N A Trusted Certificates Filename 802 1x trusted certificates Specifies the file name that contains the trusted certificates For more information see Chapter 6 the section 802 1x Support on page 6 31 Enable PassThru Port PC Port PassThru Enable Disable pc port passthrough enabled Enables or disables the PC port on the phone to be used for 802 ...

Страница 178: ...rt in which to save log files Filter the logs according to severity that get reported to log files Save the current local configuration file to a specified location Save the current server configuration file to a specified location Show task and stack status including Free Memory and Maximum Memory Block Size Enable disable a WatchDog task Aastra Technical Support can then use the information gath...

Страница 179: ...Administrator Level Options 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 3 91 Administrator Options ...

Страница 180: ......

Страница 181: ...hapter also includes procedures for configuring the Network and Global SIP features via the configuration files the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI where applicable Topics This chapter covers the following topics Note The IP Phone User Interface UI procedures in the remainder of this Guide use the keys on the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and or 57i CT when configuring Administrator Options For informa...

Страница 182: ...ttings page 4 26 Global SIP Settings page 4 66 Basic SIP Settings page 4 67 Advanced SIP Settings optional page 4 80 Real time Transport Protocol RTP Settings page 4 89 Autodial Settings page 4 99 Configuration Server Protocol page 4 104 Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol page 4 104 Topic Page ...

Страница 183: ...rator password To configure the phone using the Aastra Web UI you must enter an administrator username and password References For configuring the IP phone at the Asterisk IP PBX see Appendix C Configuring the IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX For sample configuration files see Appendix D Sample Configuration Files These sample files include basic parameters required to register the IP phone at the ...

Страница 184: ...y Primary DNS Secondary DNS LAN Port PC Port Basic Network Settings DHCP The IP phone is capable of querying a DHCP server allowing a network administrator a centralized and automated method of configuring various network parameters for the phone If DHCP is enabled the IP phone requests the following network information Subnet Mask Gateway i e router Domain Name Server DNS Network Time Protocol Se...

Страница 185: ...fer message that the DHCP server generates to tell the phone which configuration server it should use to download new firmware and configuration files For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or domain name for the servers your DHCP server must support Option 66 Option 66 is responsible for forwarding the server s IP address or domain name to the phone automatically If your DHCP server do...

Страница 186: ...he phone s configuration files The following is an Option 43 example using Linux On the startup of the phones when the DHCP server receives the request with the information in this example it allows the 57i phones to use FTP and the 57i CT phones to use TFTP from the same server Model Identifier Value 9143i AastraIPPhone9143i 9480i AastraIPPhone9480i 9480i CT AastraIPPhone9480iCT 51i AastraIPPhone...

Страница 187: ...PPhone57i cfg server name ftp username password 10 10 10 1 class vendor class 57iCT match if option vendor class identifier AastraIPPhone57iCT vendor option space AastraIPPhone57iCT option AastraIPPhone57iCT cfg server name tftp 10 10 10 1 Your DHCP server configuration file such as the dhcpd conf file may include one of these lines to configure the configuration server protocol and the server det...

Страница 188: ...P ftp user password ftpserver option tftp server name ftp 192 168 1 45 option tftp server name ftp ftpsvr example com for anonymous user option tftp server name ftp userID password ftpsvr example com TFTP tftp tftpserver option tftp server name 192 168 1 45 option tftp server name tftpsvr example com option tftp server name tftp tftpsvr example com Notes 1 The hostname of model MAC address automat...

Страница 189: ...page A 12 Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press Options and then select Administrator Menu On the 51i Press Services and then select Options Administrator Menu 2 Select Network Settings 3 Select Hostname 4 By default the Hostname field is automatically populated with Model MAC address of your phone for example 53i00085D164435 If you want to change the hostname enter a hostname for your phone in t...

Страница 190: ...lated with Model MAC address of your phone for example 53i00085D164435 If you want to change the hostname enter a hostname for your phone in the Hostname field Valid values are up to 64 alpha numeric characters You can use a fully qualified domain name if required 3 Click to save your changes Note Changing the Hostname field requires a reboot of your phone 4 Click on Operation Reset and click REST...

Страница 191: ...s option to choose the address pool for which it allocates an address from and or to select any other configuration option An Administrator can configure the DHCP Option 77 User Class via the configuration files the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI Configuring DHCP Option 77 User Class on the IP Phone Use the following procedures to configure DHCP Option 77 User Class on the IP Phone Notes 1 If t...

Страница 192: ...Menu On the 51i Press Services and then select Options Administrator Menu 2 Select Network Settings 3 Select DHCP Settings 4 Select DHCP User Class 5 In the DHCP User Class field enter a DHCP User Class to apply to your phones then press DONE Valid values are up to 64 alpha numeric characters For example admin 6 Restart the phone for the change to take affect ...

Страница 193: ...ings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 In the DHCP User Class field enter a DHCP User Class to apply to your phones For example admin Valid values are up to 64 alpha numeric characters 3 Click to save your changes Note Entering a value in the DHCP User Class field requires a reboot of your phone 4 Click on Operation Reset and click RESTART DHCP User Class ...

Страница 194: ...dhcp config option override You can set this parameter via the configuration files IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Setting this parameter results in the phone only using the chosen DHCP option and ignoring the other options Configuring DHCP Option Override on the IP Phones Use the following procedures to configure DHCP Option Override on the IP Phone Warning Administrators should review the updat...

Страница 195: ...Services and then select Options Administrator Menu 2 Select Network Settings 3 Select DHCP Settings 4 Select Option Override The following list displays None default no override uses normal precedence order of 43 160 159 66 Option 43 Option 66 Option 159 Option 160 5 Choose an option that you want to use to override the DHCP normal precedence order and press DONE 6 Restart the phone for the selec...

Страница 196: ...ings 2 In the DHCP Option Override field select an option to use to override the normal precedence order Valid values are None default no override uses normal precedence order of 43 160 159 66 Option 43 Option 66 Option 159 Option 160 3 Click to save your changes 4 Click on Operation Reset and restart the phone for the changes to take affect DHCP Options ...

Страница 197: ...s using the first DHCP offer without listening for more DHCP offers If the first DHCP message contains no configuration server information the phone continues to listen for other DHCP messages If the second DHCP message contains configuration server information and other conditions the phone chooses the second DHCP message over the initial DHCP message IMPORTANT NOTE Users currently using multiple...

Страница 198: ...ble and disable DHCP using the configuration files the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Network Settings on page A 7 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric pass...

Страница 199: ...ing Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings 2 Enable the DHCP field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Click to save your settings ...

Страница 200: ...e the phone uses the TFTP protocol as the default server protocol If you want to specify a different protocol to use see Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 104 Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Network Settings on page A 7 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Me...

Страница 201: ...The IP phone is manually configured Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings 2 Enter an IP address of the phone in the IP Address field 3 Enter a subnet mask in the Subnet Mask field 4 Enter a gateway address in the Gateway field 5 Enter a Primary DNS in the Primary DNS field and or a secondary DNS in the Secondary DNS field 6 Click to save your setting...

Страница 202: ... In the auto negotiation process the connected devices share their speed and duplex capabilities and connect at the highest common denominator HCD Auto negotiation can be used by devices that are capable of different transmission rates such as 10Mbit sec and 100Mbit sec different duplex modes half duplex and full duplex and or different standards at the same speed You can set the LAN and PC Ports ...

Страница 203: ...ove data in both directions On the IP phones you can set the full duplex transmission to transmit in 10Mbps or in 100Mbps Configuring the LAN Port and PC Port You can configure the Ethernet port transmission method to use on the IP phones using the configuration files the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendi...

Страница 204: ...is AutoNegotiation 8 Select PC Port Link 9 Select a negotiation method to use on port 1and press Done Valid values are AutoNegotiation FullDuplex 10Mbps FullDuplex 100Mbps HalfDuplex 10Mbps HalfDuplex 100Mbps Default is AutoNegotiation 10 Press Done 3 times to finish configuring the configuration server protocol for the IP phone Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the con...

Страница 205: ...eld select a negotiation method to use on port 0 Valid values are Auto Negotiation Full Duplex 10Mbps Full Duplex 100Mbps Half Duplex 10Mbps Half Duplex 100Mbps Default is Auto Negotiation 3 In the PC Port field select a negotiation method to use on port 1 Valid values are Auto Negotiation Full Duplex 10Mbps Full Duplex 100Mbps Half Duplex 10Mbps Half Duplex 100Mbps Default is Auto Negotiation 4 C...

Страница 206: ...P using the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files Network Address Translation NAT The protocols used by all IP phones do not interoperate completely with Network Address Translation NAT For the IP Phones specific configuration parameters allow the phone to operate while connected to a network device that enforces NAT The following is a sample network using a NAT proxy and relevant IP phone conf...

Страница 207: ...egistrars The phone at IP address 10 10 10 30 is configured to register with the proxy at 63 251 195 30 Because this proxy registrar is not a Nortel proxy and has no SBC or ALG functionality the configuration must additionally include the sip nat ip and sip nat port settings that contain the public ip address of the NAT router and the port used for call signaling messages This information is embed...

Страница 208: ...he network by translating port numbers within packets between the public and private networks When using NAT and an RTP packet arrives at the public side of the firewall it is expected to have the NAT RTP port within the packet If the packet contains the proper port number the firewall changes the NAT RTP port number in the packet to the RTP port number that the phone recognizes and then forwards ...

Страница 209: ...Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric passwords only 4 Select Network Settings 5 Select NAT Settings 6 Select Nortel NAT 7 Press Change to set either Enabled or Disabled 8 Press Done 3 times to finish Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 9 Select Restart ...

Страница 210: ...lick on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 Select Yes enable or No disable in the Nortel NAT Traversal Enabled field to enable or disable NAT for a Nortel network 3 Enter a time in seconds in the Nortel NAT timer field Valid values are 0 to 2147483647 Default is 60 4 Click to save your settings ...

Страница 211: ...s on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric passwords only 4 Select Network Settings 5 Select Static NAT 6 Select NAT IP 7 Enter a public IP address of your NAT device in dotted decimal format 8 Press Done to save the setting 9 Select NAT SIP Port Default is 51620 10 Enter the public SIP signalling port ...

Страница 212: ...d The value must be entered in dotted decimal format For example 0 0 0 0 The NAT IP is the public IP address of your NAT device 3 Enter a NAT port in the NAT SIP Port field Default is 51620 The NAT SIP Port is the public SIP signalling port number of your NAT device 4 Enter a NAT port in the NAT RTP Port field Default is 51720 The NAT RTP Port is the RTP Port number of your NAT device 5 Click to s...

Страница 213: ... ports using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI After configuring these parameters you must reboot the phone If NAT is disabled the port number also shows in the VIA and Contact SIP headers If you enable NAT the phone uses the NAT port number and NAT IP address in the Via and Contact SIP headers of SIP messages but still use the configured source port Note By default the IP phones use sy...

Страница 214: ... the Configuration Files You use the following parameters to configure SIP and TLS ports for NAT traversal sip local port sip local tls port Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the sections Local SIP UDP TCP Port Setting on page A 30 Local SIP TLS Port on page A 30 ...

Страница 215: ... SIP and TLS source ports using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 The Local SIP UDP TCP Port field has a default value of 5060 Change this value if required to a value greater than 1024 and less than 65535 Note It is recommended that you avoid the conflict RTP port range in case of a UDP transport Local SIP UDP TCP Port Parameter Local ...

Страница 216: ...n the Internet When a server and client communicate TLS ensures that no third party may eavesdrop or tamper with any message TLS is the successor to SSL When an HTTPS client opens and closes its TCP socket the SSL software respectively handshakes upon opening and disconnects upon closing from the HTTPS server The main HTTPS client functions are Downloading of configuration files and firmware image...

Страница 217: ...Aastra Web UI you can configure the following regarding HTTPS Specify HTTPS security client method to use TSLv1 or SSLv3 Enable or disable HTTP to HTTPS server redirect function HTTPS server blocking of XML HTTP POSTS to the phone Configuring HTTPS Client and Server Settings Use the following procedures to configure the HTTPS client and server for the IP phones Note To enable or disable the IP pho...

Страница 218: ...e to select a client method to use for HTTPS Valid values are SSL 3 0 default TLS 1 0 9 Press Done to save the changes Configure HTTPS Server 10 Select HTTPS Server 11 Select HTTP HTTPS 12 Press Change to select Yes or No Default is No Enabling this feature redirects the HTTP protocol to HTTPS 13 Press Done to save the changes 14 Select XML HTTP POSTs 15 Press Change to select Yes or No Default is...

Страница 219: ... HTTPS Client Method field Valid values are SSL 3 0 default TSL 1 0 3 Enable HTTP to HTTPS redirect by checking the HTTPS Server Redirect HTTP to HTTPS field check box Disable this field by unchecking the check box Default is disabled 4 Enable the blocking of XML HTTP POSTs by the HTTPS server by checking the HTTPS Server Block XML HTTP POSTs field check box Disable this field by unchecking the ch...

Страница 220: ...nd Thawte pre loaded User Provided Certificates The administrator has the option to upload their own certificates onto the phone The phone downloads these certificates in a file of PEM format during boot time after configuration downloads The user provided certificates are saved on the phone between firmware upgrades but are deleted during a factory default The download of the User provided certif...

Страница 221: ...P Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI https validate certificates Enables disables validation https validate hostname Enables disables the checking of the certificate commonName against the server name https validate expires Enables disables the checking of the expiration date on the certificate User Interface Certificate Rejection When the phone rejects a certificate it displays Bad Certificate on the ...

Страница 222: ...oggle the Enable field to Yes or No Note If you are using HTTPS as a configuration method and use a self signed certificate you must set this field to No before upgrading to Release 2 3 of the IP Phones 6 Press DONE to save the change and return to the Certificates screen Note This change is immediately applied after pressing DONE Enable Disable HTTPS Validate Certificate Expiration 7 Select Check...

Страница 223: ...nge is immediately applied after pressing DONE Enable Disable HTTPS Validate Hostnames 10 Select Check Hostnames 11 Press Change to toggle the Check Hostnames field to Yes or No 12 Press DONE to save the change and return to the Certificates screen Note This change is immediately applied after pressing DONE 13 Press to exit the Options Menu and return to the idle screen Aastra IP Phone UI Step Act...

Страница 224: ... to Release 2 3 of the IP Phones 3 The Check Certificate Expiration field is enabled by default To disable validation of certificate expiration click the check mark in the box to clear the check mark When this parameter is enabled the HTTPS client verifies whether or not a certificate has expired prior to accepting the certificate Notes 1 This parameter is immediately applied after clicking the SA...

Страница 225: ...r a PEM file located on the configuration server This file contains the User provided certificates in PEM format These certificates are used to validate peer certificates Notes 1 You must disable the Validate Certificates field in order for the phone to accept the User provided certificates 2 This parameter requires you restart the phone in order for it to take affect 6 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 226: ...hone back to local mode the UPnP manager removes any open port mappings and shuts itself down If you boot the phone in remote mode the UPnP manager initializes after the phone obtains an IP address and before a SIP registration is sent out If you want to manually configure your NAT you must disable UPnP on the remote mode phone You can enable UPnP on remote IP phones using the configuration files ...

Страница 227: ...on UPnP Mapping Lines for remote phones on page 5 83 Configuring UPnP optional Use the following procedures to configure UPnP on the IP phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section UPnP Settings on page A 35 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administ...

Страница 228: ...trator Guide 8 Press Done 3 times to save the changes Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 9 Select Restart Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Страница 229: ...nd Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features 2 The UPnP field is disabled by default To enable UPnP place a check in the Enabled box Uncheck the box to disable this field This field enables and disable UPnP on the IP phone 3 Click to save your settings Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Страница 230: ...ollowing sections describe the VLAN features you can configure on the IP phones Type of Service ToS Quality of Service QoS and DiffServ QoS ToS is an octet as a field in the standard IP header It is used to classify the traffic of the different QoSs QoS provides service differentiation between IP packets in the network This service differentiation is noticeable during periods of network congestion...

Страница 231: ...Notes 1 In order for the software to successfully maintain connectivity with a network using VLAN functionality the IP phone reboots if you modify the tagging enabled VLAN Enable in the Web UI vlan id or vlan id port 1 parameters 2 When the LAN Port vlan id and the PC Port vlan id port 1 parameters have the same value VLAN functionality is compatible with earlier IP phone software releases If you ...

Страница 232: ...all packets An administrator can also configure VLAN priority for non IP packets using the priority non ip parameter Since the default DSCP settings for SIP RTP and RTCP are 26 46 and 46 respectively this results in corresponding default VLAN priorities of 3 for SIP 4 for RTP and 4 for RTCP based on the settings in the table DSCP Range VLAN Priority on page 4 52 You can change the default paramete...

Страница 233: ...e ToS DSCP is enabled by default The SIP RTP and RTCP parameters show defaults of 26 46 and 46 respectively Use the following procedures to change these settings if required Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Type of Service ToS DSCP Settings on page A 42 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options Lis...

Страница 234: ...e of Service RTCP Default is 46 Valid values are 0 to 63 Note If you change the ToS DSCP setting for a Protocol and VLAN is enabled you will need to map the applicable priority to the Protocol setting as shown in the table DSCP Range VLAN Priority on page 4 52 For more information see the section Configuring VLAN optional on page 4 56 8 Press Done 3 times to save the changes Note The session promp...

Страница 235: ...ocol field SIP or RTP or RTCP 3 Enter a value from 0 to 63 Default values are as follows SIP 26 RTP 46 RTCP 46 Note If you change the ToS DSCP setting for a Protocol and VLAN is enabled you will need to map the applicable priority to the Protocol setting as shown in the table DSCP Range VLAN Priority on page 4 56 For more information see the section Configuring VLAN optional on page 4 56 4 Click t...

Страница 236: ...al Area Network VLAN Settings on page A 36 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric passwords only 4 Select Network Settings 5 Select VLAN Settings To globally enable disable VLAN and set priority for non IP packets 6 Select VLAN Enable 7 Press Change to set VLAN Enable t...

Страница 237: ...ss Done 3 times to return to the VLAN Settings menu To set VLAN ID and priority for PC Port Port 1 20 Select PC Port VLAN 21 Select PC Port VLAN ID 22 Enter a value from 1 to 4095 to specify the VLAN ID for the PC Port Default is 1 Note If you set the PC Port VLAN ID Port 1 to 4095 all untagged packets are sent to this port The following is an example of configuring the phone on a VLAN where all u...

Страница 238: ...to save the change 24 Select PC Port Priority 25 Select a PC Port VLAN priority value from 0 to 7 for the PC Port Default is 0 26 Press Done 4 times to save the changes Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 27 Select Restart IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Страница 239: ...ld check box Disable this field by unchecking the check box 3 With VLAN enabled select the priority 0 to 7 for non IP packets in the Priority Non IP Packet field To set VLAN ID and priority for the LAN Port Port 0 4 Enter a VLAN ID value from 1 to 4094 in the VLAN ID field Default is 1 5 Choose a VLAN Protocol SIP Priority RTP Priority and or RTCP Priority and select a priority for the associated ...

Страница 240: ...C Port The following is an example of configuring the phone on a VLAN where all untagged packets are sent to the passthrough port Example You enable tagging as normal enter a value for the LAN Port VLAN ID and then set the PC Port VLAN ID to 4095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN 3 but the PC Port VLAN ID is configured as untagged 7 Select a VLAN priority value from 0 to 7 for the...

Страница 241: ...AT or firewall A parameter created for the Via header called Rport in RFC 3581 allows a client to request that the server send the response back to the source IP address and the port from which the request came When you enable Rport the phone always uses symmetric signaling listens on the port used for sending requests An Administrator can configure Rport using the configuration files or the Aastr...

Страница 242: ...I Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 In the Advanced Network Settings section enable the Rport RFC3581 field by checking the check box Disable Rport by unchecking the box Rport in RFC 3581 allows a client to request that the server send the response back to the source IP address and the port from which the request came 3 Click to save your changes Rport ...

Страница 243: ...igure the NTP servers using the configuration files Use the following procedure to enable disable the NTP server using the IP Phone UI Note The IP phones support NTP version 1 Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Time Server Settings on page A 43 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select ...

Страница 244: ...e Aastra Web UI 8 Enter the IP Address in dotted decimal or qualified domain name for the Time Server 9 Press Done to save the change Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 Enable the NTP Time Servers field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Страница 245: ... Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features 3 Enter an IP address or qualified domain name in the Time Server 1 Time Server 2 and or Time Server 3 field s to specify the location of the NTP time server 4 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Страница 246: ...u configure and modify these parameters and associated values using the configuration files the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI The Aastra Web UI and configuration file methods configure global and per line SIP settings on the IP phone The IP phone UI configures global SIP settings only On the IP Phones you can configure Basic and Advanced SIP Settings The Basic SIP Settings include authenticatio...

Страница 247: ...bal and per line authentication and network parameters on the IP phones SIP Global Parameters IP Phone UI Parameters Aastra Web UI Parameters Configuration File Parameters SIP Global Authentication Parameters Screen Name N A User Name Display Name Auth Name Password N A N A Screen Name Screen Name 2 Phone Number Caller ID Authentication Name Password BLA Number Line Mode sip screen name sip screen...

Страница 248: ...ord BLA Number Line Mode sip lineN screen name sip lineN screen name 2 sip lineN user name sip lineN display name sip lineN auth name sip lineN password sip lineN bla number sip lineN mode sip lineN vmail SIP Per Line Network Parameters Proxy Server Proxy Port N A N A N A N A Registrar Server Registrar Port N A N A N A N A Proxy Server Proxy Port Backup Proxy Server Backup Proxy Port Outbound Prox...

Страница 249: ... section are ignored even if some of the parameters within the global set are not defined in the per line set SIP Precedence Example The following example shows the SIP proxy feature and example schema for storage and parsing of the SIP configuration parameters The following SIP configuration is assumed SIP network block sip proxy ip 10 30 11 154 sip proxy port 5060 sip registrar ip 10 44 122 37 s...

Страница 250: ...e SIP network block the phone does not apply any of the global SIP network block parameters So even though the global parameters configure a SIP registrar Line3 on the phone ignores all global network block parameters Since line3 does not contain a per line SIP registrar entry the phone does not use a registrar for that line Note Global SIP parameters apply to all lines unless overridden by a per ...

Страница 251: ...ls Outgoing calls and the previously mentioned subscriptions behave the same as registrations where the primary proxy is tried before the backup You can configure the backup SIP proxy on a global or per line basis via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI SIP Server SRV Lookup The SIP SRV Lookup feature allows you to configure the IP phone to perform a DNS server lookup on a SIP proxy a SIP...

Страница 252: ...ings optional You can configure SIP settings using the configuration files the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Note To configure the SIP settings per line use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section SIP Basic Global Settings on page A 64 or SIP Basic Per Line Settings on page A 73 No...

Страница 253: ...trar IP Port 10 Enter an IP address or fully qualified host name in the Registrar Server field Default is 0 0 0 0 A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e line 1 line 2 etc then the register request is not sent the No Service messag...

Страница 254: ...d of the From SIP header field 19 Press Done to save the changes 20 Select Screen Name and enter the name to display on the idle screen 21 Press Done to save the changes 22 Select Authentication Name to enter the authorization name used in the username field of the Authorization header field of the SIP REGISTER request 23 Press Done to save the changes 24 Select Password to enter the password used...

Страница 255: ...ings 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 4 75 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 For global configuration click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings ...

Страница 256: ...es 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Or for per line configuration click on Advanced Settings Line N 1 9 To configure SIP authentication settings 2 In the Screen Name field enter the screen name that displays on the idle screen Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Страница 257: ...eld enter the phone number of the IP phone 5 In the Caller ID field enter the phone number of the IP phone 6 In the Authentication Name field enter the name used in the username field of the Authorization header of the SIP REGISTER request 7 In the Password field enter the password used to register the IP phone with the SIP proxy Note The IP phones accept numeric passwords only 8 In the BLA Number...

Страница 258: ...y Port field enter the port on the IP phone that allows SIP messages to be sent to the outbound proxy server 16 In the Registrar Server field enter an IP address or fully qualified host name for the SIP registrar server A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 ...

Страница 259: ...ing Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features 21 To enter a value in the Conference Server URI field see Chapter 5 the section Centralized Conferencing for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers on page 5 341 22 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Страница 260: ... see Chapter 6 AS Feature Event Subscription global AS Feature Event Subscription per line see Chapter 6 AS Feature Event Subscription Period see Chapter 6 sip as feature event subscription global sip lineN as feature event subscription per line see Chapter 6 sip as feature event subscription period see Chapter 6 Send MAC Address in REGISTER Message see Chapter 6 Send Line Number in REGISTER Messa...

Страница 261: ...sip acd subscription period see Chapter 5 BLA Subscription Period see Chapter 5 sip acd subscription period see Chapter 5 Blacklist Duration see Chapter 6 sip blacklist duration see Chapter 6 Whitelist Proxy see Chapter 6 sip whitelist see Chapter 6 XML SIP Notify see Chapter 6 XML SIP Notify see Chapter 6 Aastra Web UI Parameters Configuration File Parameters ...

Страница 262: ...rameters For more information about Blacklist Duration and Whitelist Proxy see Chapter 6 Configuring Advanced Operational Features Configuring Advanced SIP Settings Use the following procedures to configure the advanced SIP settings on the IP phone Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Advanced SIP Settings on page A 87 ...

Страница 263: ...3 4 83 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Aastra Web UI Step Action For Global configuration click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 1 Or for per line configuration click on Advanced Settings Line N 1 9 ...

Страница 264: ... was initially directed to For more information about this feature see Chapter 6 the section Missed Call Summary Subscription on page 6 13 Note The Missed Call Summary Subscription feature is configurable on a global or per line basis 5 If you enable the Missed Call Summary Subscription field then in the Missed Call Summary Subscription Period field enter the amount of time in seconds that the pho...

Страница 265: ...alive The proxy uses these re INVITE requests to maintain the status of the connected sessions See RFC4028 for details 10 In the Timer 1 and Timer 2 fields enter a time in milliseconds that will apply to an IP phone session These timers are SIP transaction layer timers defined in RFC 3261 Timer 1 is an estimate of the round trip time RTT Default is 500 msec Timer 2 represents the amount of time a ...

Страница 266: ...30 to 214748364 Default is 120 17 In the Registration Renewal Timer field enter the length of time in seconds prior to expiration that the phone renews registrations For example if the value is set to 20 then 20 seconds before the registration is due to expire a new REGISTER message is sent to the registrar to renew the registration Valid values are 0 to 214748364 Default is 15 18 The BLF Subscrip...

Страница 267: ... The Blacklist Duration field is enabled by default with a value of 300 seconds 5 minutes Valid values are 0 to 9999999 This feature sets the time period in seconds that the IP phone resubscribes the BLF subscription service after a software firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the IP phone Note The value of 0 disables the blacklist feature For information about setting the Blacklist Duration see...

Страница 268: ...a xml SIP NOTIFY message Note To ensure the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist i e untrusted server the phone rejects the message For information about setting this feature see Chapter 5 the section XML S...

Страница 269: ...am Protocol UDP as the transport layer encapsulation protocol You can set the following parameters for RTP on the IP Phones Note If RFC2833 relay of DTMF tones is configured it is sent on the same port as the RTP voice packets The phones support decoding and playing out DTMF tones sent in SIP INFO requests The following DTMF tones are supported Support signals 0 9 Support durations up to 5 seconds...

Страница 270: ...tional calls would then use ports 5002 5003 etc You can configure the RTP port on a global basis only using the configuration files the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Basic Codecs G 711 u Law G 711 a Law G 729 CODEC is an acronym for COmpress DECompress It consists of a set of instructions that together implement one or more algorithms In the case of IP telephony these algorithms are used to com...

Страница 271: ...u must enter the payload value payload the packetization time in milliseconds ptime and enable or disable silence suppression silsupp Payload is the codec type to be used This represents the data format carried within the RTP packets to the end user at the destination You can enter payload values for G 711 a law G 711 u law and G 729a Ptime packetization time is a measurement of the duration of PC...

Страница 272: ...alid values for creating a Codec preference list are as follows Customized Codec Settings You can specify a customized Codec preference list on a global basis using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Out of Band DTMF The IP phones support out of band Dual Tone Multifrequency DTMF mode according to RFC2833 In the Aastra Web UI you can enable or disable this feature as required The out of ...

Страница 273: ...network As administrator you specify the global SRTP setting for all lines on the IP phone You can choose among three levels of SRTP encryption as follows SRTP Disabled default IP phone generates and receives nonsecured RTP calls If the IP phone gets called from SRTP enabled phone it ignores SRTP tries to answer the call using RTP If the receiving phone has SRTP only enabled the call fails however...

Страница 274: ... Suppression In IP telephony silence on a line lack of voice uses up bandwidth when sending voice over a packet switched system Silence suppression is encoding that starts and stops the times of silence in order to eliminate that wasted bandwidth Silence suppression is enabled by default on the IP phones The phone negotiates whether or not to use silence suppression Disabling this feature forces t...

Страница 275: ...ration files see Appendix A the section RTP Codec DTMF Global Settings on page A 109 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric passwords only 4 Select SIP Settings 5 Select RTP Port Base to change the RTP port base setting Default is 3000 6 Press Done 2 times to save the c...

Страница 276: ...96 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings Global Settings Click on Advanced Settings Line N RTP Settings Per Line Settings ...

Страница 277: ... to 5 seconds 3 Enable the Basic Codecs G 711 u Law G 711 a Law G 729 field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled Enabling this parameter allows the IP phone to use the basic Codecs when sending receiving RTP packets 4 The Force RFC2833 Out of Band DTMF field is enabled by default Disable this field by unchecking the box Enabling this parameter forc...

Страница 278: ...n to use from the RTP Encryption list box Valid values are SRTP Disabled SRTP Preferred or SRTP Only Default is SRTP Disabled Note You can configure RTP Encryption on a global or per line basis 8 The Silence Suppression field is enabled by default Disable this field by unchecking the check box When enabled the phone negotiates whether or not to use silence suppression Disabling this feature forces...

Страница 279: ...he time allotted then the IP phone begins to dial the number By default the Autodial feature functions as a hotline If you want Autodial to function as a warmline you can use the Autodial time out parameter to specify the length of time in seconds the IP phone waits before dialing a preconfigured number As administrator you configure Autodial globally or on a per line basis for an IP phone The lin...

Страница 280: ...following parameters to configure Autodial using the configuration files Global Configuration sip autodial number sip autodial timeout Per Line Configuration sip lineN autodial number sip lineN autodial timeout Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Autodial Settings on page A 114 ...

Страница 281: ...lick on Advanced Settings Global SIP Autodial Settings 2 In the Autodial Number field specify the SIP number that the IP phone dials whenever the IP phone is off hook An empty blank value disables autodial on the phone For example 8500 3 In the Autodial Timeout field specify a value in seconds for the timer as follows If you want the IP phone to autodial the number immediately hotline whenever the...

Страница 282: ...save your changes To specify a different autodial configuration for this specific line disable the Use Global Settings parameter Then proceed to step 3 3 In the Autodial Number field specify the SIP number for this line that the IP phone dials whenever the IP phone is off hook as follows If set to 1 then the global autodial settings for this IP phone to this line If set to empty blank then disable...

Страница 283: ... for the timer for this line as follows If you want the IP phone to autodial the number immediately hotline whenever the IP phone is off hook accept the default value of 0 If you want to specify a length of time for the IP phone to wait before dialing the number enter the length of time in seconds For example 30 Valid values are 0 to 120 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 284: ...configure the type of protocol that the IP phone uses by setting it in the configuration files the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol Use the following procedure to configure the configuration server protocol Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or domain name for the TFTP FTP HTTP or HTTPS server your DHCP server must support download ...

Страница 285: ...he following Use TFTP Use FTP Use HTTP Use HTTPS Default is Use TFTP The IP phone uses the protocol you select to download new firmware and configuration files from the configuration server 7 Press Done 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT or Set 9143i 51i 53i to save the changes 8 From the Configuration Server menu select from the following This selection is dependent on the Download Protocol you select...

Страница 286: ...ified domain name of the alternate TFTP server Press Done or Set to save the change Select Alt TFTP Path Enter the path name for which the configuration files reside on the Alternate TFTP server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field Enter the ...

Страница 287: ...he phone over HTTP Default is 80 Press Done or Set HTTPS Settings Select HTTP Client Select Download Server Enter the IP address of the HTTPS server Press Done or Set Select Download Path Enter the path name for which the configuration files reside on the HTTPS server for down loading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the rel...

Страница 288: ...TP HTTPS For 9143i 51i 53i Press Change to select Do not redirect or Redirect Default is Do not redirect Enabling this feature redirects the HTTP protocol to HTTPS Press Set For 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT Press Change to select Yes and redirect HTTP to HTTPS Select No to not direct HTTPS to HTTPS Default is No Enabling this feature redirects the HTTP protocol to HTTPS Press Done Select XML HTTP...

Страница 289: ...figuration Server Protocol 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 4 109 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Configuration Server ...

Страница 290: ...ipphone 57i configfiles Optional You can also configure an alternate TFTP server if required If Use Alternate TFTP is enabled you must also enter an IP address or qualified domain name for the alternate server in the Alternate TFTP field You can also enter a path name for the alter nate TFTP server in the Alternate TFTP Path field FTP Enter an IP address or fully qualified domain name in the FTP S...

Страница 291: ...er the path name in the form folderX folderX folderX For example ipphone 57i configfiles Enter the HTTP port number in the HTTP Port field that the server uses to load the con figuration to the phone over HTTP Optional You can enter a list of users to be authenticated when they access the HTTP server in the XML Push Server List Approved IP Addresses field HTTPS Enter an IP address or fully qualifi...

Страница 292: ...Configuration Server Protocol 4 112 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide ...

Страница 293: ... to use these features Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Operational Features page 5 5 User Passwords page 5 5 Administrator Passwords page 5 9 Locking Unlocking the Phone page 5 10 Defining an Emergency Dial Plan page 5 16 Time and Date page 5 18 Time Zone DST page 5 19 Backlight Mode 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT only page 5 26 Live Dial Pad page 5 29 Language page 5...

Страница 294: ...iting Indicator Line page 5 85 DND Key Mode page 5 87 Call Forward Mode page 5 89 Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices LLDP MED and Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN page 5 93 Incoming Outgoing Intercom with Auto Answer and Barge In page 5 98 Group Paging RTP Settings page 5 103 Key Mapping page 5 109 Ring Tones and Tone Sets page 5 113 Priority Alerting page 5 118 ...

Страница 295: ...80i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT only page 5 293 XML Customized Services page 5 296 Creating Customized XML Services on the IP Phones page 5 296 Configuring the Phone to use XML page 5 302 XML Get Timeout page 5 302 Using the XML Customized Service page 5 308 XML Action URIs page 5 310 Action URI Disconnected page 5 316 XML SIP Notify Events page 5 319 Polling Action URIs page 5 325 XML Softkey URI...

Страница 296: ...or Guide Centralized Conferencing for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers page 5 341 Authentication Support for HTTP HTTPS Download Methods used with Broadsoft Client Management System CMS page 5 345 Customizing the Display Columns on the 560M Expansion Module page 5 348 Topic Page ...

Страница 297: ...P phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedures to change the user password Configuring a User Password Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password with alpha characters the phone uses the default password instead Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Password Settings o...

Страница 298: ...ser password 8 Press Enter A message Password Changed displays on the screen Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation User Password 2 In the Current Password field enter the current user password 3 In the New Password field enter the new user password Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password with alpha characters the phone uses the default password instead ...

Страница 299: ...er or an administrator can reset it so a new password can be entered The reset user password feature resets the password to the factory default which is blank no password You can reset a user password using the Aastra Web UI only at the path Operation Phone Lock Use the following procedure to reset a user password Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Phone Lock ...

Страница 300: ...field leave this blank 4 In the New Password field enter a new password for the user Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password with alpha characters the phone uses the default password instead 5 In the Password Confirm field re enter the new user password 6 Click to save the new user password and perform the next procedure Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 301: ...key not password protected or 1 true Options key password protected If this parameter is set to 1 a user has to enter a password at the IP phone UI If the password is entered correctly the user is allowed to gain access to the Options Menu and no more password prompts display for other password protected screens If the user fails to enter the correct password in three attempts access to the Option...

Страница 302: ...any of the following methods to lock unlock a phone Using the IP Phone UI via the Phone Lock option in the Options Menu Using the Aastra Web UI via the path Operation Phone Lock Using the configuration files to configure a key as phonelock and then pressing the key to lock unlock the phone Using the Aastra Web UI to configure a key as Phone Lock and then pressing the key to lock unlock the phone N...

Страница 303: ...phone and prevent it from being used or configured IP Phone UI Step Action Lock the phone 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Phone Lock The prompt Lock the phone displays 3 Press Lock to lock the phone Unlock the phone 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List The prompt To unlock the phone Password 2 Enter the user or administrator password and press Enter The phone unlo...

Страница 304: ... IP phone and prevent it from being used or configured Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Phone Lock Lock the phone 2 In the Lock the Phone field click The phone locks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is locked Unlock the phone 3 Click on Operation Phone Lock 4 In the Unlock the Phone field click The phone unlocks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is unlocked...

Страница 305: ...ration files you assign the function of the key as phonelock Use the following procedure to configure a key as a lock unlock key using the configuration files Reference To use the lock unlock softkey or programmable key see Using the Configured Lock Unlock Key on the IP Phone on page 5 15 Configuration Files To configure a softkey programmable key as a lock unlock key using the configuration files...

Страница 306: ...y In the Aastra Web UI you assign the function of the as Phone Lock Use the following procedure to configure a key as a lock unlock key using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Note Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 57i Key Screen is shown as an ...

Страница 307: ...ick to save your changes IP Phone UI Step Action Lock the phone 1 Press the LOCK softkey The phone locks The LED for the softkey AND the Message Waiting Lamp illuminate steady ON An Unlock label appears next to the softkey you just pressed Unlock the phone 1 Press the UNLOCK softkey A password prompt displays 2 Enter the user or administrator password and press ENTER The phone unlocks The LED for ...

Страница 308: ...ting emergency services Once you specify the emergency number s on the phone you can dial those numbers directly on the dial pad when required and the phone automatically dials to those emergency services The following table describes the default emergency numbers on the IP phones You can set the emergency dial plan via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Note Contact your local phone ser...

Страница 309: ...or specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Emergency Dial Plan Settings on page A 15 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Phone Lock 2 In the Emergency Dial Plan field enter the 3 digit number used in your local area to contact emer gency services For multiple numbers enter a between each emergency number For example 911 110 Default for this field is 911...

Страница 310: ...fective starting in 2007 The US has made a change to its daylight savings time observance starting in 2007 The Energy Policy Act of 2005 mandates that DST will now begin at 2 00 A M on the second Sunday in March and revert to Standard time on the first Sunday in November The changes to daylight savings time applies to the U S and Canada but may impact other countries outside North America Feature ...

Страница 311: ...ows you to customize the time zone for your area using additional configuration parameters The following is an example using relative time for EST time zone name custom The following table identifies the additional parameters you can enter in the configuration files if you want to customize your time zone Custom Configuration File Parameter Description Example time zone minutes The number of minut...

Страница 312: ...are 1 to 31 dst end day 31 dst start hour The hour that DST starts Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 dst start hour 5 dst end hour The hour that DST ends Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 dst end hour 23 Relative Time dst start month The month that DST starts Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December dst start month 4 dst end month The month that DST ends Valid v...

Страница 313: ...cified week in the specified month that DST starts on Valid values are an integer from 1 to 7 1 Sunday 2 Monday 7 Saturday dst start day 2 dst end day The day of the specified week in the specified month that DST ends on Valid values are an integer from 1 to 7 1 Sunday 2 Monday 7 Saturday dst end day 7 dst start hour The hour that DST starts Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 dst st...

Страница 314: ...files using absolute time time zone name custom dst start end relative date 0 absolute start of DST dst start month 3 March dst start week 2 second full week dst start day 1 Sunday End of DST dst end month 11 November dst end week 1 first full week dst end day 1 Sunday Configuring Time and Date Using the Configuration Files Use the following information to set a time and date time and date format ...

Страница 315: ... to set on the IP phone 5 Press Done to save the time you entered 6 Select Time Format Valid values are 12hr and 24hr Note The default Time Format is 12hr 7 Press Change to toggle between 24hr and 12hr format 8 Press Done to save the Time Format you selected Set Date and Date Format 9 Select Set Date 10 Using the keys on the keypad enter a date to set on the IP phone 11 Press Done to save the date...

Страница 316: ...alid values see Appendix A the section Time and Date Settings on page A 45 Note The default Time Zone is US Eastern 18 Press Done to save the Time Zone you selected Set Daylight Savings Time 19 Select Daylight Savings 20 Select a Daylight Savings time from the list of options Valid values are OFF 30 min summertime 1 hr summertime automatic Note The default for Daylight Savings is Automatic 21 Pres...

Страница 317: ...Setting 2 In the Time Format field select the time format you want to use on your phone Valid values are 12h 12 hour format default 24h 24 hour format Note The time displays on the phone s idle screen in the format you select for this field 3 In the Date Format field select the date format you want to use on your phone Valid values are WWW MMM DD default DD MMM YY YYYY MM DD DD MM YYYY DD MM YY DD...

Страница 318: ...gurable You can set this backlight feature using the configuration files and the IP Phone UI Configuring the Backlight Mode Using the Configuration Files Use the following information to set the backlight mode and backlight timer on the IP Phones Configuring the Backlight Mode Using the IP Phone UI Use the following procedure to set the backlight mode and backlight timer on the IP Phone using the ...

Страница 319: ...lect the Backlight status for your phone Default is On Valid options are Off On Default Auto Note Setting the Backlight to Auto displays an ADVANCED button for you to set the Auto timer 6 If you select On or Off press Done to save your setting IP Phone UI Step Action Select 1 Contrast Level 2 Backlight Display Done Off On Auto Backlight Done Cancel ...

Страница 320: ... to stay backlit when the phone is idle Default is 10 seconds Valid values are 1 to 30 When this period of time is reached the phone turns off the backlight Use the Backspace and or Clear softkeys to delete entries if required 9 Press Done to save your setting The setting applies immediately to the phone IP Phone UI Step Action Off On Auto Backlight Done Cancel Advanced 10 seconds Backlight On Tim...

Страница 321: ...ator can turn it ON and OFF using the IP Phone UI or the configuration files Enabling Disabling Live Dialpad Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedure to enable disable Live Dialpad on the IP Phones Enabling Disabling Live Dialpad Using the IP Phone UI Use the following procedure to enable disable Live Dialpad on the IP Phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set...

Страница 322: ...from the configuration server to the local MAC cfg configuration file You can use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI to perform the download Each language pack consists of the IP Phone UI and Aastra Web UI translated in a specific language Loading Language Packs via the Configuration File mac cfg Using the configuration files you specify a language pack to load in the following format la...

Страница 323: ..._ca txt language 2 lang_it txt language 3 lang_de txt language 4 lang_es_mx txt The above entries in the MAC cfg file tells the phone which language packs to load When the language pack s have loaded you must then use the configuration files IP Phone UI to specify which language to display on the IP phone You must use the Aastra Web UI to specify the language to use in the Web UI References For mo...

Страница 324: ...b UI you can specify a language pack to load using the parameters at Basic Settings Preferences Language Settings You use the following fields in the Aastra Web UI to specify which language packs to load Once the language pack is loaded to the phone it is available for selection from either the configuration files the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 325: ...e Aastra Web UI to specify the files for the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedures to specify the language to use on the IP phone Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Language Settings on page A 154 and Language Pack Settings on page A 156 Notes 1 If you specify the language to use on the phone via the configuration file...

Страница 326: ...for the 57i CT cordless handset are English French and Spanish only 2 All languages may not be available for selection The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded to the IP phone English is the default language and cannot be changed or removed For more information about loading language packs see Loading Language Packs on page 5 30 4 Press Done to save the changes ...

Страница 327: ... the Aastra Web UI in French Spanish German and Italian lang_de txt lang_es txt lang_es_mx txt lang_fr txt lang_fr_ca txt lang_it txt Note You must have the language pack s already loaded to your phone in order to use them For more information about loading language packs see Loading Language Packs on page 5 30 For more information about language codes and country codes see Appendix A the section ...

Страница 328: ...nch Spanish European Spanish and Mexican Spanish German Italian Notes 1 Valid values for the 57i CT cordless handset are English French and Spanish only 2 All languages may not be available for selection The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded to the IP phone English is the default language and cannot be changed or removed 7 Click to save your changes The Aastr...

Страница 329: ...m Administrator and User can enable this feature using the Aastra Web UI or the IP Phone UI An Administrator can also use the configuration files to enable this feature Users can then use text and characters in a specific language when performing inputs on the phone The following tables identify the language characters that a User can enter on the 5i Series phones that support the Input Language f...

Страница 330: ... _ 1 _ 2 ABC2ÀÂÇÁÅÆ abc2àâçáåæ 3 DEF3ÉÈÊË def3éèêë 4 GHI4ÎÏ ghi4îï 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÑÓÒÔÖ mno6ñóòôö 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÙÛÜ tuv8úùûü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1 _ 1 _ 2 ABC2ÁÀÇ abc2áàç 3 DEF3ÉÈ def3éè 4 GHI4ÏÍ ghi4ïí 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÑÓÒ mno6ñóò 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÜ tuv8úü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE ...

Страница 331: ...Characters 0 0 0 1 1 _ 1 _ 2 ABC2ÄÀ abc2äà 3 DEF3É def3é 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6Ö mno6ö 7 PQRS7ß pqrs7ß 8 TUV8Ü tuv8ü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1 _ 1 _ 2 ABC2ÀCÇ abc2àcç 3 DEF3ÉÈË def3éèë 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÓÒ mno6óò 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8Ù tuv8ù 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE ...

Страница 332: ...Phone UI Once Language Input is enabled an Administrator or User can change the input language on the phone using the IP Phone UI The Input Language option appears under the Language option in the IP Phone UI Example Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Language Settings on page A 154 Language 1 Screen Language 2 Input Langua...

Страница 333: ... 3 Select Input Language from the Language List 4 Select the language you want to use on the IP phone for inputting text and characters Valid values are English default Français French Español Spanish Deutsch German not applicable to 57i CT cordless handset Italiano Italian not applicable to 57i CT cordless handset Note Available input languages are dependent on the configuration enabled by your S...

Страница 334: ...age using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Language Settings 2 Select a language from the Input Language field Setting this field allows you to specify the language to use when entering text in the Aastra Web UI IP Phone UI or in XML applications on the phone Valid values are English default Français French Español Spanish Deutsch German not applicable to 57i C...

Страница 335: ...çais German Deutsch Italian Italiano Spanish Español The following is an example of an XML script using the inputLanguage attribute with a value of German XML Example AastraIPPhoneInputScreen Beep Yes inputLanguage German Title Login Screen Title Prompt User ID Prompt Prompt Password Prompt URL http 10 50 10 53 script pl URL Parameter UserID Parameter Parameter Password Parameter Default Default A...

Страница 336: ...8 is also compatible with XML encoding on the IP Phones The following table illustrates the Latin 2 character set now used on the IP Phones Note If a non supported value is used with the inputLanguage attribute in the XML script the phone uses the input language that was configured using the Aastra Web UI or the IP Phone UI If the parameters are not set in the Aastra Web UI or the Phone UI the pho...

Страница 337: ...dynamic for XML pushes You use the following locking parameters in the configuration files to lock the softkeys and programmable keys on the 9143i 9480i 9480i CT 53i 55i 57i and 57i CT The locking parameters impact existing softkey and programmable key parameters as shown in the table below Locking Parameter Impacted Parameters Phone Model Affected softkeyN locked softkeyN type softkeyN label soft...

Страница 338: ...3i There are 4 programmable keys on the 53i phone located to the left of the paper label Two additional keys SAVE and DELETE can be made programmable by the Administrator providing a total of 6 programmable keys if required Note The 9143i and 53i IP phones prevent users from setting a speed dial key via the Phone UI on a key that has been locked Configuration Files For specific parameters you can ...

Страница 339: ...elect an entry then press twice to delete entry By default the Save and Delete keys are locked so that a user can use them for saving and deleting only An Administrator can unlock these keys using the configuration files allowing the keys to be programmed with other functions if required An Administrator can use the following parameters in the configuration file to lock and unlock the Save and Del...

Страница 340: ...ctions are automatically set back to the default settings of Save and Delete Locking and Unlocking the Save and Delete Keys using the Configuration Files Note The Save and Delete functions are limited to Key 1 and Key 2 on the 53i IP phone only Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Locking the SAVE and DLETE Keys 53i on pag...

Страница 341: ...ks that are not linked to the PSTN or to other PBXs can use any dial plan The IP phones have local dial plan capacity You configure the SIP Local Dial Plan using the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files The IP phone SIP local dial plan available symbols are as follows Dial Plan Example An example of a SIP Local Dial Plan is 01 XXX 2 8 XXXX 91XXXXXX XXXX X XX Symbol Description 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ...

Страница 342: ...l string and the call is dialed You can enable this feature by adding a prepend digit s to the end of the Local Dial Plan parameter string in the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI at Basic Settings Preferences General For example if you add a prepend map of 2 9 XXXXXXXXX 91 the IP phone adds the digits 91 to any 10 digit number beginning with any digit from 2 to 9 that is dialed out Other e...

Страница 343: ... 5 seconds after you pick up the handset or after you finish dialing the numbers on the keypad before making the call You can enable or disable the dial plan terminator using Aastra Web UI or the configuration files Digit Timeout The IP phone allows you to configure a Digit Timeout feature on the IP phone The Digit Timeout is the time in seconds between consecutive key presses on the IP phone s ke...

Страница 344: ...y number of digits and the semicolon indicates that the phone is to present a dial tone after the previous dialed digit For example in the string 9 xxxxx the user dials 9 to get the outside line listens for the dial tone and continues to dial the applicable number The tells the phone to present a second dial tone after the previously dialed digit The xxxxx in the example tells the phone that a pho...

Страница 345: ...ecific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section SIP Local Dial Plan Settings on page A 62 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences 2 In the Local Dial Plan field enter a valid local dial plan up to 127 alphanumeric characters for the IP phone Default is X XX Enter prepended digits or a to present a secondary dial tone if required 3 Enable the Send Dia...

Страница 346: ...Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide 4 In the Digit Timeout in seconds field enter a timeout value This is the length of time in seconds he phone waits before dialing Default is 4 seconds 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 347: ...static configuration on the IP phones Reference For information on configuring the park and pickup programmable configuration using a key see Park Pick Up Key on page 5 219 Park Pickup Static Configuration 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT only Using the static method of configuring park and pickup configures these features on a global basis for all IP phones connected in the network You can use the c...

Страница 348: ...ing the Park softkey to park the call the default label of Pickup displays on the first screen of the phone UI The values you enter for the Park Pickup feature are dependant on your type of server The following table provides the values you enter for the sprecode and pickupsprecode parameters configuration files or Park Call and Pickup Parked Call fields Aastra Web UI Park Pickup Call Server Confi...

Страница 349: ...ollowing procedures to configure the Park Pickup call feature using the static configuration method Note Aastra recommends you configure either the static or the programmable configuration but not both Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Park and Pickup Global Settings 9480i 9480i CT 57i 57i CT only on page A 179 ...

Страница 350: ...in the Park Call field to which incoming live calls will be parked Note For values to enter in this field see the table Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on page 5 56 3 Enter a server value in the Pickup Parked Call field Note For values to enter in this field see the table Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on page 5 56 4 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 351: ...s dialed in the LCD window When the suppression of DTMF playback is enabled the IP phone dials the stored number and displays the entire number immediately in the LCD window allowing the call to be dialed much faster DTMF playback suppression is disabled by default Suppressing DTMF playback can be configured using the Aastra Web UI and the configuration files Configuring Suppression of DTMF Playba...

Страница 352: ...s General 2 Enable the Suppress DTMF Playback field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled 3 Click to save your settings You must restart your IP phone for the changes to take affect 4 Click on Operation Reset 5 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone and apply the changes ...

Страница 353: ...nes of specific frequencies One tone is generated from a high frequency group of tones and the other from a low frequency group If you enable the Display DTMF Digits parameter the digits you are dialing from the keypad or from a softkey or programmable key display to the IP phone s LCD display This parameter is disabled by default no digits display when dialing You can enable the Display DTMF Digi...

Страница 354: ...ces General 2 Enable the Display DTMF Digits field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled 3 Click to save your settings You must restart your IP phone for the changes to take affect 4 Click on Operation Reset 5 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone and apply the changes ...

Страница 355: ... forward the call according to the rule configured The phone can only transfer the currently active call or accept transferred calls if there is no active calls If call waiting is disabled on the 57i CT bases and the handset is currently on a call all additional incoming calls are rejected on the handset intercom calls are treated as regular incoming calls and are rejected pre dialing with live di...

Страница 356: ...l The tone is also audible to the caller to indicate to that caller you are currently on another call A User or Administrator can configure this feature An Administrator can configure this feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Call Waiting Call Waiting Tone Use the following procedures to configure the Call Waiting Call Waiting Tone features on the IP phone Note Th...

Страница 357: ...e this field uncheck the box This feature allows you to enable or disable the call waiting feature on the IP phone 3 The Play Call Waiting Tone field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box This feature allows you to enable or disable the call waiting tone on the IP phone Note The Call Waiting Tone feature works only if the Call Waiting tone field is enabled 4 Click to save you...

Страница 358: ...on the IP phone You can configure this feature using the configuration files and the Aastra Web UI Configuring Stuttered Dial Tone Use the following procedures to configure stuttered dial tone on the IP phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for enabling disabling stuttered dial tone see Appendix A the section Stuttered Dial Tone Setting on page A...

Страница 359: ...ev 00 Release 2 3 5 67 Configuring Operational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 The Stuttered Dial Tone field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 360: ... can be turned ON or OFF using the Aastra Web UI the configuration files or in an XML script Reference For more information about enabling disabling the XML Beep Support in an XML script see XML Customized Services on page 5 296 Configuring XML Beep Support Use the following procedures to enable disable XML Beep Support Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration f...

Страница 361: ... Rev 00 Release 2 3 5 69 Configuring Operational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 The XML Beep Support field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 362: ...r each message to display before scrolling to the next message You can configure this option via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Reference For more information about configuring the status scroll delay for XML status messages see XML Customized Services on page 5 296 Configuring Status Scroll Delay Use the following procedures to configure Status Scroll Delay Configuration Files For s...

Страница 363: ...perational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 In the Status Scroll Delay seconds field enter a value in seconds that each XML status message displays on the phone Default is 5 seconds Valid values are 1 to 25 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 364: ...phone or sends busy signal if all remaining lines are busy and the LED for that line blinks You have a choice to ignore the incoming call or answer the incoming call on another line via the Ignore and Answer softkeys that display If you choose to answer the incoming call you can answer the call finish the call and then hang up You can still go back to the original outgoing call and finish dialing ...

Страница 365: ...he incoming call interrupts your dialing on an outgoing intercom call On an incoming intercom call the enabled Allow Barge In and Auto Answer occurs while you are dialing to transfer or conference the call However the incoming call goes to an available idle line and the LED blinks while you are dialing the second half of the conference or transfer If Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing Web UI or inco...

Страница 366: ... Phone Administrator Guide Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing is disabled by default If required enable the Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing field by checking the check box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 367: ...l You can do this using the switch focus to ringing line parameter in the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Switch Focus to Ringing Line You use the following procedures to enable or disable Switch Focus to Ringing Line Note If you configure the BLF Xfer key s and or Speeddial Xfer key s on the phone you can enable or disable the switching of the user interface focus to ringing ...

Страница 368: ... IP Phone Administrator Guide Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 The Switch Focus to Ringing Line field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box 3 Click to save your changes Switch Focus to Ringing Line Parameter ...

Страница 369: ...e phone Phone Feature Preferred Line Behavior call return The phone switches back to the focused line immediately after the call ends speeddial The line is already specified when the speeddial is created The phone switches back immediately after the call ends conference For incoming calls the phone switches back immediately after the call ends transfer For incoming or outgoing calls the current be...

Страница 370: ...ault and recovery mode clears the preferred line and preferred line timeout parameters and the phone operates in a non preferred line mode Notes 1 If you specify a value of 0 for the preferred line parameter it disables the preferred line focus feature 2 If you specify a value of 0 for the preferred line timeout parameter the phone returns the line to the preferred line immediately Configuration F...

Страница 371: ...gs Preferences General 2 In the Preferred Line field select a preferred line to switch focus to after incoming or outgoing calls end on the phone Valid values are None disables the preferred line focus feature 1 to 9 Default is 1 For example if you set the preferred line to 1 when a call incoming or outgoing ends on the phone on any line the phone switches focus back to Line 1 Preferred Line Prefe...

Страница 372: ...eferred Line Timeout field enter the amount of time in seconds that the phone switches back to the preferred line after a call incoming or outgoing ends on the phone or after a duration of inactivity on an active line Default is 0 Valid values are 0 to 999 4 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 373: ...eter and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present the phone displays softkey 1 as answer and softkey 2 as ignore You can press the required softkey as applicable For the 9143i 51i 53i If you enable this parameter and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present the ignore option only displays in the LCD window The phone ignores the incoming c...

Страница 374: ... Phone Administrator Guide Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing is disabled by default If required enable the Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing field by checking the check box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 375: ...ort mappings are set up between the phone and the Internet Gateway Device IGD in your network The phone controls the opening closing and polling of ports on the IGD HTTP and SIP use a single port each RTP RTCP uses a range of ports You can enable the UPnP mappings to specific lines on your phone You set this configuration using the Aastra Web UI at Basic Settings Preferences UPnP Mapping Lines Con...

Страница 376: ...s General 2 The UPnP Mapping Lines field is set to 0 by default If required change the setting to a specific line by selecting a line from the list Valid values are 0 through 10 The line you select is the line that your remote phone uses to perform Universal Plug and Play on the network you are connecting to 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 377: ...you configure the MWI LED for all lines the LED illuminates if a voice mail is pending on any line on the phone lines 1 through 9 A User can configure the MWI using the Aastra Web UI only An Administrator can configure the MWI on single or all lines using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Message Waiting Indicator MWI Use the following procedures to configure MWI on the IP p...

Страница 378: ...eral 2 In the Message Waiting Indicator Line field select a single line from 1 to 9 or select All for all lines If you select a single line the MWI illuminates when a voice mail message is pending on that line If you select all lines the MWI illuminates when a voice mail message is pending on any line from 1 to 9 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 379: ...inistrator or User can set the DND mode using the Aastra Web UI at the path Basic Settings Preferences General DND Key Mode An Administrator can also set the DND Key Mode using the configuration files Reference For more information about how DND works and how you can use it on the phones see the section Do Not Disturb DND on page 5 199 Configuring the DND Key Mode Use the following procedures to s...

Страница 380: ... ON for all accounts on the phone DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn DND ON for all accounts or turn DND OFF for all accounts Notes 1 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is igno...

Страница 381: ...extension module key The following describes the behavior for each CFWD mode Account mode The account mode allows you to configure CFWD on a per account basis Pressing a configured CFWD key applies to the account in focus Phone mode The Phone mode allows you to set the same CFWD configuration for all accounts All Busy and or No Answer When you configure the initial account the phone applies the co...

Страница 382: ...ble different call forwarding rules modes independently for example you can set different phone numbers for Busy All and NoAns modes and then turn them on off individually The behavior of these states is dependent on the mode account phone or custom you configure on the phone Reference For more information about how Call Forwarding works and how you can use it on the IP Phones see Call Forwarding ...

Страница 383: ...erational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General Note If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed you can still configure Call Forwarding via the IP Phone UI at the path Options Call Forward Call Forward Key Mode Parameter ...

Страница 384: ...the changes apply to all accounts on the phone custom The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific state All Busy and or No Answer for each account independently or all accounts On the 9143i 51i and 53i phones you can set all accounts to ALL On or ALL Off On the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT you can set all accounts to All On ...

Страница 385: ...serial asset number On the IP Phones LLDP MED performs the following Supports the MAC PHY configuration e g speed rate duplex mode Supports VLAN info from the network policy this takes precedence over manual settings Allows you to enable disable LLDP MED if required Allows you to configure time interval between successive LLDP Data Unit LLDPDU frames Allows LLDP packets to be received from the LAN...

Страница 386: ...dure to enable disable LLDP MED using the IP Phone UI Parameter Method of Configuration Who Can Configure lldp Configuration Files Administrator lldp interval Configuration Files Administrator use lldp elin Configuration Files Administrator LLDP Support IP Phone UI Administrator LLDP Aastra Web UI Administrator LLDP Packet Interval Aastra Web UI Administrator LLDP ELIN Aastra Web UI Administrator ...

Страница 387: ...strator Menu On the 51i Press Services and then select Options Administrator Menu 2 Select Network Settings 3 Select Ethernet VLAN 4 Select LLDP Support 5 Press CHANGE to toggle the LLDP setting to Enabled or Disabled This field enables or disables Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices LLDP MED on the IP Phone 6 Press DONE to save the change ...

Страница 388: ...twork Advanced Network Settings 2 The LLDP field is enabled by default To disable LLDP click the check mark in the box to clear the check mark 3 In the LLDP Packet Interval field enter the time in seconds between the transmission of LLDP Data Unit LLDPDU packets The value of zero 0 disables this parameter Valid values are 0 to 2147483647 Default is 30 4 Click to save your changes LLDP LLDP Packet ...

Страница 389: ...ral 6 The Use LLDP ELIN field is enabled by default To disable LLDP ELIN click the check mark in the box to clear the check mark This field enables or disables the use of an Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN received from LLDP as a caller ID for emergency numbers 7 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Use LLDP ELIN ...

Страница 390: ... placing the intercom call For example an outgoing intercom call can use the configuration of line 1 but places the actual intercom call using line 9 Only an Administrator can configure outgoing intercom calls A phone side Intercom call indicates the phone is responsible for telling the recipient that an intercom call is being placed while a server side intercom call means the SIP server is respon...

Страница 391: ...llows you to enable or disable automatic answering for an Intercom call If Auto Answer is enabled the phone automatically answers an incoming intercom call If Play Warning Tone is also enabled the phone plays a tone to alert the user before answering the intercom call If Auto Answer is disabled the phone rejects the incoming intercom call and sends a busy signal to the caller Delay before Auto Ans...

Страница 392: ... phone treats an incoming intercom call like a normal call and plays the call warning tone You can set this parameter using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI For incoming intercom calls an administrator or user can configure the following parameters Configuring Intercom Calls Settings You can configure the Intercom feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration...

Страница 393: ... parameters you can set in the configuration files for incoming Intercom see Appendix A the section Incoming Intercom Settings on page A 169 Aastra Web UI Outgoing intercom settings 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT only 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Outgoing Intercom Settings 2 Select an Intercom type for outgoing Intercom calls from the Type list box Valid values are Phone Side Server Si...

Страница 394: ...ng Intercom Settings 2 The Auto Answer field is enabled by default The automatic answering feature is turned on for the IP phone for answering Intercom calls To disable this field uncheck the box Note If the Auto Answer field is not checked disabled the phone rejects the incoming intercom call and sends a busy signal to the caller 3 The Microphone Mute field is enabled by default The microphone is...

Страница 395: ...softkeyN type topsoftkeyN type prgkeyN type or expmodX keyN type sofkeyN label softkeyN value topsoftkeyN value prgkeyN value or expmodX keyN value An Administrator or User can use the following parameters in the Aastra Web UI to set Group Paging RTP Settings Paging Listen Addresses Path Basic Settings Preferences Group Paging RTP Settings Paging Key Operation Softkeys and XML Programmable Keys or...

Страница 396: ...ameter is disabled and there is not other call on the phone then the paging is automatically played via the preferred audio device see the model specific IP Phone User Guide for setting Audio Mode on the phone If there is an existing call on the phone the call initially displays in the ringing state The user has the option to accept ignore the call If the Allow Barge In parameter is enabled the RT...

Страница 397: ...aging RTP Settings using the configuration files Use the following procedure to configure RTP streaming for Paging applications using the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Group Paging RTP Settings on page A 171 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Group Paging RTP Settings ...

Страница 398: ...er the IP address in dotted decimal format for example 224 0 0 2 10000 239 0 1 20 15000 If this field is blank Paging listening capability is disabled on the phone 3 Click on Softkeys and XML or Click on Programmable Keys or Click on Expansion Module Keys 4 Choose a key that you want to assign as the Paging Key and select Paging from the Type field 5 In the Label field enter a key label to assign ...

Страница 399: ...ress es and a port number for the Paging key When you press this key the phone initiates an outgoing multicast RTP session to the specified address es using the specified port For example 224 0 0 2 10000 Note When you select Paging for the Type field the Line field and state fields are disabled 7 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 400: ...the phones use the Intercom configuration settings The incoming Page is dependant on the Allow Barge In parameter setting and the Idling On Call state Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action On the IP Phone press the key you configured for Paging labeled as Group 1 in the following illustration The phone opens a multicast RTP session and an outgoing OR incoming phone screen displays as follows Press the Dr...

Страница 401: ...led If this parameter is set to 1 the key is not active and is ignored if pressed by the user For redial disabled the value of 1 does not save the dialed number to the Redial List If this parameter is set to 0 the key is active and can be pressed by the user This feature is configurable via the configuration files only Notes 1 On the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT the Xfer and Conf keys are har...

Страница 402: ...nfigure this feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedures to set the Redial and Conf keys as speeddial keys Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Mapping Key Settings on page A 181 Note If you configure the Redial and Conference keys for speeddialing on the 57i CT Base Station the Red...

Страница 403: ... Basic Settings Preferences 2 In the Key Mapping section enter a number in the Map Redial Key To field that the IP phone will use to speeddial when the Redial key is pressed 3 Enter a number in the Map Conf Key To field that the IP phone will use to speeddial when the Conf Key is pressed 4 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 404: ...quickly redial the last number that was dialed out from the phone You can Press the REDIAL key twice to redial the last number dialed Press the REDIAL key once scroll the list of numbers then press the REDIAL button again to dial the number that displays on the screen The last number redial feature for the Redial key is static and is not configurable Note You can use the Redial key during active c...

Страница 405: ...enable disable these ring tones on a global basis or on a per line basis The following table identifies the valid settings and default values for each type of configuration method Ring Tone Settings Table Configuration Method Valid Values Default Value Configuration Files Global 0 Tone1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone 3 3 Tone 4 4 Tone 5 5 Silent Per Line 1 global 0 Tone1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone 3 3 Tone 4 4 Tone 5 5 Sil...

Страница 406: ...v 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Configuration Method Valid Values Default Value Aastra Web UI Global Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Per Line Global Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Global Tone 1 Per Line Global ...

Страница 407: ... phones are US Default also used in Canada Australia Europe generic tones France Germany Italy Mexico United Kingdom UK When you configure the country s tone set the country specific tone is heard on the phone for the following dial tone secondary dial tone ring tone busy tone congestion tones call waiting tone ring cadence pattern Important You configure ring tones and tone sets using the Aastra ...

Страница 408: ... A 135 or Ring Tone Per Line Settings on page A 137 IP Phone UI Step Action For global configuration only 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Preferences 3 Select Tones 4 Select Set Ring Tone 5 Select the type of ring tone Tone 1 through Tone 5 or Silent 6 Press Done to save the change 7 Select Tone Set 8 Select the country for which you want to apply the tone set Valid values ...

Страница 409: ...lid values are Australia Europe France Germany Italy Mexico UK and US Default is US 3 Select a value from the Global Ring Tone field Note See the Ring Tone Settings Table on page 5 113 for valid values For per line configuration 4 In the Ring Tone section select a line for which you want to set ring tone 5 Select a value from the LineN field Note See the Ring Tone Settings Table on page 5 113 for ...

Страница 410: ...he INVITE request in the IP packet for an Alert Info header If it contains an Alert Info header the firmware strips out the URL and keyword parameter and maps it to the appropriate Bellcore tone If there is no keyword parameter in the Alert Info header or the INVITE message contains no Alert Info header then the IP phone firmware uses the Bellcore standard ring tone Asterisk Broadworks Servers The...

Страница 411: ...ncies and cadences Ring cadence is the ringing pattern heard by the called party before they pick up the call On the IP phones if you enable priority alerting when using an Asterisk or Broadworks server the IP phone uses the following Bellcore specified tones by default Ring Tone Pattern Asterisk Broadworks Servers Sylantro Server Ring Tone Keywords alert acd auto call distribution alert community...

Страница 412: ...alert community 4 alert emergency alert external alert group alert internal alert priority Normal ringing default Bellcore dr2 Bellcore dr3 Bellcore dr4 Bellcore dr5 Silent Bellcore Tone Pattern ID Pattern Cadence Minimum Duration ms Nominal Duration ms Maximum Duration ms Standard 1 Ringing Silent 2s On 4s Off 1800 3600 2000 4000 2200 4400 Bellcore dr2 2 Ringing Silent Ringing Silent Long Long Lo...

Страница 413: ... 121 Configuring Operational Features Note If the Do Not Disturb DND or the Call Forward CFWD feature is enabled on the server side and the user is still waiting for a call the Bellcore dr5 is a ring splash tone that reminds the user that these are enabled ...

Страница 414: ...les Use the following procedures to configure priority alerting and ring tone cadences on the IP phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the sections Priority Alert Settings on page A 147 Bellcore Cadence Settings on page A 152 Note You can configure Bellcore cadences using the configuration files only ...

Страница 415: ...Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences 2 In the Priority Alerting Settings section enable the Enable Priority Alerting field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box For Sylantro Servers 3 Select a ring tone pattern for each of the following fields Group Internal External Emergency Priority auto call distribution community 1 community 2 community 3 community ...

Страница 416: ...n page 119 For Sylantro servers call waiting tones are specified by the Bellcore tones you configure in the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files See the table Ring Tone Pattern Sylantro Servers on page 120 Reference For more information about enable disabling call waiting on the IP Phone see the section Call Waiting Call Waiting Tone on page 5 63 Bellcore Call Waiting Tone Pattern ID Pattern M...

Страница 417: ...bout BLF see Busy Lamp Field BLF on page 161 Using XML a user can intercept a call by selecting an extension from a list and then pressing a Pickup softkey programmable key To use the Directed call pickup feature from an XML application you must list all ringing extensions using the AastraIPPhoneTextMenu XML object in an XML script This allows the user to select the ringing extension from a text m...

Страница 418: ... call pickup prefix When the phone performs the Directed Call Pickup after pressing a BLF or BLF List softkey the phone prepends the 98 value to the designated extension of the BLF or BLF List softkey when dialing out How this feature works when Directed Call Pickup is enabled with BLF or BLF List 1 Phone A monitors Phone B via BLF List 2 Phone C calls Phone B Phone B rings 3 If you press the BLF ...

Страница 419: ...provides applicable information If the Directed Call Pickup over BLF information is missing in the messages to the server the Directed Call Pickup by Prefix method is used if a value for the prefix code exists in the configuration 2 You can define only one prefix at a time for the entire BLF List 3 The phone that picks up displays the prefix code the extension number for example 981234 where prefi...

Страница 420: ...tion files see Appendix A the section Directed Call Pickup BLF or XML Call Interception Settings on page A 176 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Directed Call Pickup Settings 2 Enable the Directed Call Pickup field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled 3 optional Enter a prefix in the Directed Call Pickup Prefix field For example 9...

Страница 421: ...rt ring splash when there is an incoming call on the BLF monitored extension If the Play a Ring Splash parameter is enabled and the host tone is idle the tone plays a ring splash 5 Click to save your changes Note You must enable Directed Call Pickup before performing these procedures See Enabling Disabling Directed Call Pickup on page 5 128 Configuration Files To set BLF or BLF List in the configu...

Страница 422: ...kup field by checking the check box 3 optional Enter a prefix in the Directed Call Pickup Prefix field For example 98 This prefix is appended to the beginning of the Directed Call Pickup number when dialed from the BLF or BLF List softkey 4 Enable the Play a Ring Splash field by checking the check box The IP phone plays a short ring splash when there is an incoming call on the BLF monitored extens...

Страница 423: ...or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Note Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 57i Key Screen is shown as an example 6 Select a softkey or programmable key to configure 7 In the Type field select BLF Asterisk BLF List BroadSoft BroadWorks Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 424: ... BLF List the value is an identifier for the list of numbers you are monitoring 10 Click to save your changes 11 In the Line field select a line number that is actively registered to the appropriate SIP proxy you are using 12 In the BLF List URI field enter the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field page for your particular user For example my57i blf list as broad...

Страница 425: ... or programmable key is pressed This XML application must be entered as a URI in the Value field of the XML key For information about creating an XML script see Appendix G the section Text Menu Object Menu Screens on page G 6 2 You must enable Directed Call Pickup before performing these procedures See Enabling Disabling Directed Call Pickup on page 5 128 Configuration Files To set XML in the conf...

Страница 426: ... by checking the check box 3 optional Enter a prefix in the Directed Call Pickup Prefix field For example 98 This prefix is appended to the beginning of the Directed Call Pickup number when dialed from the BLF or BLF List softkey 4 Enable the Play a Ring Splash field by checking the check box The IP phone plays a short call waiting tone when there is an incoming call on the BLF monitored extension...

Страница 427: ... on Operation Expansion Module N Note Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 57i Key Screen is shown as an example 6 Select a softkey or programmable key to configure 7 In the Type field select XML 8 For the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT softkeys In the Label field enter the name of the person who s extension you are monitoring Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 428: ...xample http 65 205 71 13 xml startup key php user SIPREMOTENUMBER Note For more information about creating an XML script to use with Directed Call Pickup see Appendix G the section Text Menu Object Menu Screens on page G 6 10 Select the line state idle connected incoming outgoing busy that you want to apply to the XML softkey or programmable key 11 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 429: ...owing table provides the number of softkeys you can configure and the number of lines available for each type of phone The 536M expansion module consists of 36 softkeys You can have up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totaling 108 softkeys Valid for 55i 57i and 57i CT phones The 560M expansion module consists of 60 softkeys You can have up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totaling 180 so...

Страница 430: ... the line is in use or the line is set as Do Not Disturb The following table identifies the applicable default states for each type of softkey you can configure on the IP phone Softkey Type Default States None All states disabled Line idle connected incoming outgoing busy Speeddial idle connected incoming outgoing busy DND idle connected incoming outgoing busy BLF idle connected incoming outgoing ...

Страница 431: ...tkeyN states idle connected You must associate the softkeyN state parameter with a specific softkey In the following example the softkeyN states parameter is associated with softkey 12 Last Call Return idle connected incoming outgoing busy Call Forward idle connected incoming outgoing busy BLF Xfer idle connected incoming outgoing busy Speeddial Xfer idle connected incoming outgoing busy Directory...

Страница 432: ...ates outgoing Note The IP phone idle screen condenses the softkeys So in the previous example softkey 12 will appear in position 1 if no other softkeys are set A softkey type of empty does not display on the idle screen at all For more information about the softkey type of empty see Appendix A the section Softkey Settings for 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT on page A 185 ...

Страница 433: ...I Softkeys and programmable keys are configurable using the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files Note The empty key type allows a softkey to be removed quickly by deleting the softkey information from the configuration file Softkey Idle Connected Notes softkey1 Key 1 Key 2 Line displays for softkey1 Key 1 in connected state is the Drop key Idle and connected display as applicable softkey2 not ...

Страница 434: ...any attached expansion module keys on the 53i 55i 57i and 57i CT to perform specific functions using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI The following table identifies the available functions of the softkeys programmable keys and expansion module keys on the IP phones Available functions may vary on each model phone The following Key Functions Table lists the available functions for the k...

Страница 435: ... numbers automatically dial when you press the softkey and the phone waits for you to enter the remaining numbers to dial out For more information about speeddial prefixes see Speeddial Prefixes on page 5 160 You can also create speeddial keys and edit the keys using the IP Phone keypad For more information about speeddial keys and editing speeddial keys see your Model specific User Guide for more...

Страница 436: ...ection Automatic Call Distribution ACD for Sylantro Servers on page 5 176 For more information about ACD subscription period see ACD Subscription Period on page 5 186 Directed Call Pickup DCP Group Call Pickup GCP dcp Directed Call Pickup For Sylantro Servers Indicates the key is configured for either Directed Call Pickup or Group Call Pickup The DCP GCP feature allows you to intercept or pickup a...

Страница 437: ... can also access Web Apps from the Services menu on these phones On the 9143i and 53i you can access WebApps from the Services menu or from a configured programmable key By default WebApps displays in the Services menu On the 51i phone you can access WebApps from the Services menu only For more information on the WebApps key see the section Web Applications Keys on page 5 333 Flash flash Flash Ind...

Страница 438: ...he key is set to be used as a pickup key to pick up a parked call For more information on pickup see the section Park Pick Up Key on page 5 219 Last Call Return LCR lcr Last Call Return For Sylantro Servers Indicates the key is set to be used to dial the last call that came in on that line For more information on lcr see the section Last Call Return lcr Sylantro Servers on page 5 230 Call Forward ...

Страница 439: ...on page 282 Icom icom Intercom Indicates the key is set to be used as the Intercom key For more information about using the Intercom key see your model specific Aastra IP Phone User s Guide For information about other Intercom features see Incoming Outgoing Intercom with Auto Answer and Barge In on page 5 98 Conference Applicable to the 53i only conf Conference Indicates the key is configured as a...

Страница 440: ...y is configured as a phone lock key allowing you to press this key to lock unlock the phone For more information about the lock unlock key see Locking IP Phone Keys on page 5 45 Paging paging Paging Indicates the softkey is set for Group Paging on the phone Pressing this key automatically sends a Real Time Transport Protocol RTP stream to pre configured multicast address es without involving SIP s...

Страница 441: ...Operational Features 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 5 149 Configuring Operational Features Reference For more information about key functions for your model phone see your Model specific User s Guide ...

Страница 442: ... and Programmable Keys Use the following procedures to configure the softkeys and programmable keys on the IP phone Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the sections Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 184 ...

Страница 443: ...phone model the key configuration screen displays The 57i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a key to configure For Softkeys and Expansion Module Keys 3 In the Type field select the type of softkey you want to configure Reference For available type values on each IP phone model see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 184 4 I...

Страница 444: ...the Idle Connected Incoming or Outgoing fields to check or uncheck the box Note Operational states are not applicable to expansion modules 8 Click to save your changes For programmable keys 9 In the Hard Key field select the programmable key type you want to configure Reference For available type values on each IP phone model see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansio...

Страница 445: ...ndset Key Key Function Description 1 Line 1 Line 1 key Selects line one 2 Line 2 Line 2 key Selects line two 3 Line 3 Line 3 key Selects line three 4 Line 4 Line 4 key Selects line four 5 Icom Icom key Enter handset list to select handset to call 6 Dir Directory key Activate directory feature 7 Callers Callers key Activate callers feature 8 Xfer Transfer key Activate transfer feature 9 Conf Confer...

Страница 446: ...y key to go back on hook Duplicate functions can exist in the feature key as there is no filtering or duplicate checking done on the handset or the base If no line keys are programmed for the feature key the handset is restricted to intercom calls only If all 12 programmable functions have been programmed to None the user is presented with a List empty message when the feature key is pressed For s...

Страница 447: ...one None Indicates the key is disabled This option is available from Web UI only Line Lines 1 through 9 are available for selection line Line Indicates the key is configured for line use Icom icom Icom Indicates the key is set to be used as the Intercom key For more information about the Icom key see your Aastra IP Phone 57i CT User s Guide For information about other Intercom features see Incomin...

Страница 448: ...e key is set to be used as a pickup key to pick up a parked call For more information on pickup see the section Park Pick Up Key on page 5 219 Conference conf Conf Indicates the key is configured as a conference key for local conferencing For Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers An Administrator can also enable centralized conferencing on the IP Phones For more information about using the Conference key...

Страница 449: ...er in the Directory List to be sent to the handsets A 57i CT accepts a maximum of 50 entries with the public attribute For more information about the public private keys see your Aastra IP Phone 57i CT User s Guide Flash flash Flash Indicates the key is set to generate a flash event when it is pressed or when a feature key is pressed on the 57i CT cordless handset The IP phone generates flash even...

Страница 450: ...uration files or the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to program the feature keys on your 57i CT Base Station and all paired handsets Use the following procedures to configure the IP phone handset feature keys Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Handset Feature Key Settings for the 9480i CT and 57i CT on page A 206 ...

Страница 451: ...ndset key you want to program 3 Select the function for that handset key from the Key Function field 4 Click to save the function you selected to the handset key The key programming information is sent to the 57i Base Station and to all the cordless handsets associated with that Base Station Any key programmed to None does not appear in the handset s list ...

Страница 452: ...e 1 A new feature for the speeddial option allows you to configure a preset string of numbers followed by a This feature allows the phone to speeddial a prefix number and then pause to let you enter the remaining phone number You can use this feature for numbers that contain long prefixes For example if you had the following speeddial configuration in the configuration files softkey2 type speeddia...

Страница 453: ...d 57i CT the busy and idle indicators show on the IP phone screen display next to the softkey or programmable key configured for BLF functionality When the monitored user is idle an icon with the handset on hook shows next to the BLF softkey or programmable key When the monitored user is on an active call a small telephone icon is shown with the handset off hook On the 9143i 51i and 53i the LED li...

Страница 454: ...is off hook or unregistered The LED goes off when the is idle When the monitored extension is ringing the LED flashes You can configure a BLF List key on the IP Phones using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI You can also specify a BLF list URI that the phone uses to access the required BLF list You can specify a BLF List URI using the list uri parameter in the configuration files or the...

Страница 455: ...60 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 5 163 Configuring Operational Features On the 9143i 51i and 53i running Broadsoft firmware the programmable key LEDs illuminate either flashing solid or turn off depending on the state of those extensions ...

Страница 456: ...riber if it is not defined already For example 9995551212 Subscribecontext sip BroadSoft BLF Configuration You can enable the BLF feature on BroadSoft BroadWorks Rel 13 or higher through the BroadWorks Web Portal Each user must have the Busy Lamp Field service enabled for their user The user must add each desired extension to the Monitored Users List on the Busy Lamp Field service page and also en...

Страница 457: ...ring BLFs Use the following procedures to configure BLF and BLF List on the IP phone Configuration Files To set BLF or BLF List in the configuration files see Appendix A the sections Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 184 BLF List URI Settings on page A 218 ...

Страница 458: ...d XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 57i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a softkey programmable or expansion module key to configure 3 In the Type field select BLF Asterisk BLF List BroadSoft BroadWorks ...

Страница 459: ... example for BLF the value is the extension you want to monitor For BLF List the value is an identifier for the list of numbers you are monitoring 6 Click to save your changes 7 In the Line field select a line number that is actively registered to the appropriate SIP proxy you are using 8 In the BLF List URI field enter the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field p...

Страница 460: ... minutes The default is 3600 1 hour Setting this parameter to a value lower than 3600 allows the configured BLF feature to become active more quickly after a software firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the IP phone If you enter a value lower than 120 for this parameter the default value 3600 will be used by the IP phone You can configure this feature using the configuration files or the Aastra ...

Страница 461: ...ease 2 3 5 169 Configuring Operational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 Enter a value in seconds from 120 2 min to 3600 1 hour in the BLF Subscription Period field 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 462: ...e recipient can transfer the call to an extension by 1 Pressing Xfer key 2 Entering the number of the extension or pressing speeddial or BLF key 3 Pressing Xfer key again The BLF and Speeddial transfer enhancement feature provides a simpler way of transferring calls using the keys called BLF Xfer and Speeddial Xfer The BLF Xfer key combines the BLF and Xfer key s functionality together allowing th...

Страница 463: ...e BLF Xfer key transfers the call to the extension unconditionally disregarding the status of the monitored extension If transferring a call to an extension fails a message Transfer Failed displays on the phone and you can reconnect the call get the call back by pressing the line key again BLF Xfer and Call forward When the focused line is in the Ringing state pressing the BLF Xfer key forwards th...

Страница 464: ... phone to go offhook and dial the predefined extension Speeddial Xfer and Blind Transfer When the phone is connected to a call pressing the Speeddial Xfer key blind transfers the call to the predefined target If transferring a call fails a message Transfer Failed displays and you can reconnect the call get the call back by pressing the line key again Speeddial Xfer and Call Forward When the phone ...

Страница 465: ...speeddialxfer softkey1 label BX7801 softkey1 value 7801 softkey1 line 1 softkey1 states idle connected incoming outgoing busy prgkey1 type blfxfer prgkey1 value 35 prgkey1 line 1 Softkey Parameters Programmable Key Parameters Expansion Module Parameters softkeyN type softkeyN label softkeyN value softkeyN line softkeyN states prgkeyN type prgkeyN value prgkeyN line expmodN keyN type expmodN keyN l...

Страница 466: ...onfigure the BLF Xfer key and or the Speeddial Xfer Key on the IP phone similar to configuring a BLF key or speeddial key using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure BLF Xfer and or Speeddial Xfer Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Keys Bottom Keys Tab 57i example ...

Страница 467: ... the Label field enter a key label to assign to the BLF Xfer key for example BX35 4 In the Value field enter the monitored extension for example 35 5 In the Line field select the line for which you want to use the key functionality 6 On the Bottom Key tab in the States field select the state s idle connected incoming outgoing busy for which you want to use on the key Note States are not applicable...

Страница 468: ...one user is ready to receive calls from the server the user logs into a queue Depending on the server configuration the IP phone is either in an unavailable or available state If the phone is set to available then the server begins to distribute calls to this phone immediately If the phone is set to unavailable then server waits until the IP phone user manually changes the phone status to availabl...

Страница 469: ...able timer Configuring an Automatic Call Distribution ACD Key You can configure an ACD key on softkeys programmable keys and extension module keys The following table illustrates examples of configuring an ACD key on the phone Use the following procedures to configure an ACD key n the IP phone Softkey Examples Top Softkey Examples Programmable Key Examples Extension Module Examples softkey1 type a...

Страница 470: ...Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Configuring the ACD Auto Available Timer Configuration Files To configure the ACD Auto Available Timer using the configuration files see Appendix A the section ACD Auto Available Timer Settings on page A 178 ...

Страница 471: ...n example Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 57i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 In the Type field select Auto Call Distribution 3 In the Label field specify a name for this ACD softkey The Label helps identify which queue you...

Страница 472: ... line which the IP phone uses to subscribe to the queue For example Line 1 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Auto Call Distribution Settings 2 In the Auto Available check box click Enabled 3 In the Auto Available Timer field specify the length of time in seconds before the IP phone state is automatically reset to available Valid values are 0 to 120 se...

Страница 473: ...e user to log into the Customer Support phone queue The administrator assigns the label Support to the softkey so it is easily recognizable to the IP phone user When the IP phone user wants to subscribe to the Customer Support queue the user presses the Support key and can log in Once logged in to the queue you can make himself available or unavailable to take calls by pressing the Available Unava...

Страница 474: ...active call The table below describes the meaning of the LED and each icon as they may appear on your IP phone Phone Model Status Logged In and Available Status Unavailable Logged Out 9143i Solid Red LED Blinking red LED No LED 9480i 9480i CT Solid Red LED icon Blinking Red LED Blinking icon No LED icon 53i Solid Red LED Blinking red LED No LED 55i 57i 57i CT Solid Red LED icon Blinking Red LED Bl...

Страница 475: ...ote Check with your administrator to verify the label assigned to the ACD softkey on your IP phone The login screen see below appears In this example the ACD softkey accesses the Customer Support phone queue and is labelled Support 2 To log into the phone queue use your IP phone keypad to enter the following information User ID The phone number you use to access the queue Password The password you...

Страница 476: ...ng calls To temporarily stop receiving calls you can switch the IP phone status to unavailable While you are on a call or miss a call that has been distributed to your IP phone your IP phone status automatically switches to unavailable Your IP phone remains in the unavailable state until one of the following things occur You use the IP Phone UI to manually switch the IP phone state back to availab...

Страница 477: ...server will begin to distribute phone calls from this queue to your IP phone If your IP phone status remains unavailable after you log in then you must manually change the state to available in order to start receiving calls To temporarily stop receiving calls you can switch the IP phone status to unavailable While you are on a call or miss a call that has been distributed to your IP phone your IP...

Страница 478: ... minutes The default is 3600 1 hour Setting this parameter to a value lower than 3600 allows the configured ACD feature to become active more quickly after a software firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the IP phone If you enter a value lower than 120 for this parameter the default value 3600 will be used by the IP phone You can configure this feature using the configuration files or the Aastra ...

Страница 479: ...ease 2 3 5 187 Configuring Operational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 Enter a value in seconds from 120 2 min to 3600 1 hour in the ACD Subscription Period field 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 480: ...BLA expiration in the subscribe message received from the server If no value is specified in the Subscribe message received from the server the phone uses the default value of 300 seconds You can configure this parameter using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring the BLA Subscription Period Use the following procedures to configure the BLA Subscription Period Configuration File...

Страница 481: ...n Period field enter a value in seconds that the phone waits to receive a BLA subscribe message from the server If you specify zero 0 the phone uses the value specified for the BLA expiration in the subscribe message received from the server If no value is specified the phone uses the default value of 300 seconds Valid values are 0 to 3700 Default is 300 seconds 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 482: ...ceives multiple incoming calls simultaneously the IP Phone UI displays a list of incoming calls You select a call from this list and are connected to the call When you configure a GCP softkey you specify the ring group that you want to monitor for incoming calls For example suppose an Operator configures a GCP softkey to monitor incoming calls for a specific ring group extensions 2200 2210 When an...

Страница 483: ...P GCP Using the Configuration Files for Sylantro Servers Use the following procedures to configure DCP GCP using the configuration files Configuration Files To set DCP GCP in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 184 ...

Страница 484: ...192 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Configuring Directed Call Pickup DCP Using the Aastra Web UI for Sylantro Servers Use the following procedure to configure Directed Call Pickup using the Aastra ...

Страница 485: ... Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 55i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a key for which to configure Directed Call Pickup 3 In the Type field select Directed Call Pickup ...

Страница 486: ...e Administrator Guide 4 In the Label field specify a name for this Directed Call Pickup softkey For example DCP2200 5 In the Value field specify the extension you want to intercept when you press this softkey For example 2200 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 487: ...ational Features Configuring Group Call Pickup GCP Using the Aastra Web UI for Sylantro Servers Use the following procedure to configure Group Call Pickup using the Aastra Web UI Note A ring group must be configured on the Sylantro Server in order for a GCP softkey to function ...

Страница 488: ...Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 55i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a key for which to configure Group Call Pickup 3 In the Type field select Directed Call Pickup 4 In the Label field specify a name for this Directed Call Pickup softkey For example GCP_A ...

Страница 489: ...ension s or phone number s you want to monitor when configuring the key IP Phone UI Step Action Using Directed Call Pickup DCP 1 When the monitored extension receives a call press the DCP softkey to pick up the call 2 If the monitored extension receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously the phone displays a list of incoming calls 3 Select a call from this list using the UP and DOWN arrow keys...

Страница 490: ...ves multiple incoming calls simultaneously the phone displays a list of incoming calls 3 Select a call from this list using the UP and DOWN arrow keys Press the Pickup softkey to answer the call you selected IP Phone UI Step Action Select an extension Press the Pickup key to answer the call DCP on line Pickup Cancel 1 2201 ...

Страница 491: ...o handle DND The three modes you can set on the phone for DND are Account Phone Custom DND Account Based Configuration An Administrator or User can configure DND on the phone side by setting a mode for the phone to use account phone or custom Once the mode is set you can use the IP Phone UI to use the DND feature Notes 1 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is...

Страница 492: ...IP Phone You can configure the DND softkey and the DND mode Account Phone Custom using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Once you configure DND you can access the DND screen on the IP Phone UI Important Notes In the Aastra Web UI the Account Configuration page replaces the previous Call Forward Settings page In the IP Phone UI the new DND key feature now has new menu screens If you make...

Страница 493: ...ey1 states idle connected incoming outgoing busy In the above example softkey 1 is configured for DND for line 1 only with a custom configuration Pressing softkey 1 displays DND screens for which you can customize on the phone For specific screens that display in the IP Phone UI see the section Using DND Modes via the IP Phone UI on page 5 205 Note If there is no DND key configured or if it is rem...

Страница 494: ...nt in focus on the IP Phone UI to ON or OFF phone Sets DND ON for all accounts on the phone DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn DND ON for all accounts or turn DND OFF for all accounts Notes 1 If there is only one acc...

Страница 495: ...ange the DND status for all accounts 2 Number and name of accounts that display to this screen are dependant on the number and name of accounts configured on the phone In the screen in step 4 Screenname1 is configured on Line 1 Screenname2 is configured on Line 2 and Screenname3 is configured on Line 3 The name for the account is dependant on the name specified for the Screen Name parameter at the...

Страница 496: ... takes effect immediately without a reboot 7 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module Note If there is no DND key configured or if it is removed DND is disabled on the IP Phone 8 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Softkeys 1 and 2 configured for DND ...

Страница 497: ...the IP Phone The following procedure assumes you have already configured a DND key AND assumes there are three accounts configured on the phone Notes 1 If there is no DND key configured or if it is removed DND is disabled on the IP Phone 2 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to Phone 3 Using the Aastra W...

Страница 498: ...reenname 2 has DND OFF On the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT With the account in focus on the IP Phone UI press the DND key to toggle DND ON or OFF for the account Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account In the above example Screenname1 Screenname2 and Screenname3 are three accounts configured on the phone Only Screenname1 and 3 have DND ON Screenname 2 has DND OFF Scre...

Страница 499: ...ND key to toggle DND ON or OFF for all accounts on the phone Toggling to ON enables DND on all accounts on the phone Toggling to OFF disables DND on all accounts on the phone Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account In the above example toggling Screenname1 to DND ON enabled DND for Screenname2 and 3 also Note Enabling DND in Phone mode toggles all accounts on the phone to ...

Страница 500: ... off as indicated by an X Items 4 and 5 allow you to disable or enable DND on all accounts respectively You use the CHANGE key to enable or disable DND for a specific account You use the SET key to enable disable DND for all accounts After making the change you must press DONE and then Confirm to save the change Pressing Cancel 0 cancels the attempted change The following screen displays after pre...

Страница 501: ...ess the DND key on the phone The screen displays a list of the accounts on the phone and allows you to enable disable a specific account or all accounts Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through the accounts In the above example Screenname1 and 3 have DND ON as indicated by a checkmark 3 Screenname2 has DND off as indicated by an X The ALL ON and ALL OFF softkeys allow you to enable or disa...

Страница 502: ...can pick up an incoming call or initiate an outgoing call on the BLA DA All phones reflect the usage of the BLA DA If the call is put on hold any one from the group can pick up the held call As a multiple BLA group On one single phone multiple BLA DA can be associated with different line appearances Every BLA DA is independent from each other and follows the same rules as a single BLA group As mul...

Страница 503: ... the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Global BLA You configure BLA on a global basis in the configuration files using the following parameters sip mode sip user name sip bla number You configure BLA on a global basis in the Aastra Web UI using the following fields at Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Line Mode Phone Number BLA Number IP Phone Model Possible of BLA Lines 9143i...

Страница 504: ...Mode Phone Number BLA Number Sylantro servers and ININ servers require specific configuration methods for per line configurations For Sylantro Server When configuring the BLA feature on a per line basis for a Sylantro server the value set for the sip lineN bla number parameter shall be the same value set for the sip lineN user name parameter for all the phones in the group For example if sip lineN...

Страница 505: ... number 1010 for phone 2 with appearance of phone 3 sip line1 mode 3 sip line1 user name 10102 sip line1 bla number 1010 for phone 3 sip line1 mode 3 sip line1 user name 1010 sip line1 bla number 1010 Use the following procedures to configure BLA on the IP phone Configuring Global BLA Configuring Per Line BLA Note The original phone number which has the bridged line appearance on other phones will...

Страница 506: ...rational Features 5 214 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Aastra Web UI 1 For global configuration of BLA Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Authentication Settings ...

Страница 507: ... the BLA option 2 In the Phone Number field enter the phone number of the IP phone 3 For global configuration of BLA In the BLA Number field enter the Bridge Line Appearance BLA number to be shared across all IP phones For per line configuration of BLA In the BLA Number field enter the Bridge Line Appearance BLA number to be shared on a specific line 4 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 508: ...ine BLA configuration and you want to share a call on the line with a BLA group you need to press the Hold button before sharing the call with the group For example if line 1 is configured for BLA and you pick up a call on line 1 you must press the Hold button to share the call with the BLA group If you pick up a call on line 1 configured for BLA and another call comes in on line 2 you can pick up...

Страница 509: ...imary appearance as a BLA then there is no need for third party registration When configuring the BLA feature on a per line basis for third party registration and subscription the third party name must be configured using the sip lineN bla number parameter For third party registration to work effectively one of the lines should register as generic with its own username For example Bob has Alice s ...

Страница 510: ...one number sip line2 bla number 4085582868 sip line2 display name Alice sip line2 screen name Alice Alice s configuration is as follows line 1 sip line1 auth name 4085582868 sip line1 password sip line1 mode 3 sip line1 user name 4085582868 sip line1 display name Alice sip line1 screen name Alice ...

Страница 511: ...about configuring the park and pickup static configuration method see Park Calls Pick Up Parked Calls on page 5 55 Park Pickup Programmable Configuration using a key The programmable method of configuration creates park and pickup keys softkeys programmable keys expansion module keys that you can configure on the IP phones For the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT you can set a key as Park or Pick...

Страница 512: ... apply to the base unit only On the Model CT handsets pressing Ï displays the default labels of Park and Pickup On 9143i and 53i When a call comes in and you pickup the handset you can press the applicable Park programmable key to park the call After the call is parked you can press the Pickup programmable key followed by the applicable value to pickup the call You can configure a Park and Pickup ...

Страница 513: ...tkeyN label parkCall softkeyN value asterisk 70 softkeyN line 1 softkeyN states connected softkeyN type pickup softkeyN label pickupCall softkeyN value asterisk 70 softkeyN line 1 softkeyN states idle outgoing Sylantro softkeyN type park softkeyN label parkCall softkeyN value sylantro 98 softkeyN line 1 softkeyN states connected softkeyN type pickup softkeyN label pickupCall softkeyN value sylantr...

Страница 514: ... 1 prgkeyN type pickup prgkeyN value sylantro 99 prgkeyN line 1 BroadWorks prgkeyN type park prgkeyN value broadworks 68 prgkeyN line 1 prgkeyN type pickup prgkeyN value broadworks 88 prgkeyN line 1 ININ PBX prgkeyN type park prgkeyN value inin callpark prgkeyN line 1 prgkeyN type pickup prgkeyN value inin pickup prgkeyN line 1 Note The 53i and 9143i do not allow for the configuration of labels an...

Страница 515: ...T and 9480i CT handset uses the first programmable configuration For example if line 1 and line 6 are configured for park the 57i CT and 9480i CT handset uses the configuration set for line 1 to park a call On the 53i and 9143i you configure a Park and or Pickup key at Operation Programmable Keys and then enter the appropriate value and line Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values Leave value...

Страница 516: ...e Value field enter the appropriate value based on the server in your network Note For values to enter in this field see the table Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on page 5 223 6 In the Line field select a line for which to apply the Park configuration 7 The park softkey has a default state of Connected Leave this state enabled or to disable uncheck the check box 8 Pick a softkey to c...

Страница 517: ... a line for which to apply the Pickup configuration 13 The pickup softkey has a default state of Idle and Outgoing Leave these states enabled or to disable uncheck the check boxes 14 Click to save your changes For the 57i CT and 9480i CT Handset 1 Click on Operation Handset Keys 2 Pick a handset key to configure for parking a call 3 In the Key Function field select Park 4 Pick another handset key ...

Страница 518: ...r in this field see the table Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on page 5 223 5 For the 53i and 9143i In the Line field select a line for which to apply the Park configuration 6 Pick a hard key to configure for Picking up a call 7 In the Hard Key field select Pickup 8 In the Value field enter the appropriate value based on the server in your network Note For values to enter in this fiel...

Страница 519: ...5 227 Configuring Operational Features 10 Click to save your changes You must restart your IP phone for the changes to take affect 11 Click on Operation Reset 12 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone and apply the changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 520: ...ld 3 If the call fails you can pick up the call using the next procedure and press the Park softkey again to retry step 2 Picking up a Parked Call 4 Pick up the handset on the phone For Asterisk Server Server announces the extension number where the call has been parked Once the call is parked press the y key to complete parking For BroadWorks Server After you hear the greeting from the CallPark s...

Страница 521: ...Rev 00 Release 2 3 5 229 Configuring Operational Features 5 Enter the extension number where the call was parked 6 Press the Pickup softkey If the call pick up is successful you are connected with the parked call IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Страница 522: ...es into your phone after you are finished with the call and hangup you can press the key configured for lcr and the phone dials the last call you received When you configure an lcr softkey the label LCR displays next to that softkey on the IP phone When the Sylantro server detects an lcr request it translates this request and routes the call to the last caller Configuring Last Call Return Use the ...

Страница 523: ...and XML 2 Pick a softkey to configure for Last Call Return 3 In the Type field select lcr 4 In the Line field select a line for which to apply the last call return configuration 5 The lcr softkey has a default state of Idle Connected Incoming Outgoing Leave these states enabled or to disable uncheck the check boxes as required 6 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 524: ...Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide For the 57i CT Handset 1 Click on Operation Handset Keys 2 Pick a handset key to configure for Last Call Return 3 In the Key Function field select lcr 4 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 525: ...9143i 1 Click on Operation Programmable Keys 53i and 9143i Screen 2 Pick a hard key from keys 3 through 6 to configure for Last Call Return 3 In the Type field select lcr 4 For the 53i and 9143i In the Line field select a line for which to apply the lcr configuration 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 526: ...en you configure the initial account the phone applies the configuration to all other accounts In the Aastra Web UI only the account you configured is enabled All other accounts are grayed out but set to the same configuration Using the Aastra Web UI if you make changes to that initial account the changes apply to all accounts on the phone Custom mode The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD f...

Страница 527: ...5 236 is in addition to the previous call forward parameter call forward disabled You can still use the previous call forwarding parameter if desired in the configuration files In the IP Phone UI you can access the Call Forwarding features at the path Options Call Forward or by pressing a configured CFWD key If you make changes to the configuration for CFWD via the IP Phone UI you must refresh the...

Страница 528: ...ne or it is removed you can still set the CFWD modes via the IP Phone UI at the path Options Call Forward 2 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to Phone 3 When configuring a CFWD mode All Busy No Answer for an account you must configure a CFWD number for that mode in order for the mode to be enabled Conf...

Страница 529: ... Release 2 3 5 237 Configuring Operational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module 2 Click to save your changes Softkey 2 configured for CFWD ...

Страница 530: ... Administrator Guide 3 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General Note If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed you can still set the CFWD modes via the IP Phone UI at the path Options Call Forward Aastra Web UI Call Forward Key Mode Parameter ...

Страница 531: ... the phone custom The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific state All Busy and or No Answer for each account independently or all accounts On the 9143i 51i and 53i phones you can set all accounts to ALL On or ALL Off On the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT you can set all accounts to All On All Off or copy the configuration fo...

Страница 532: ...ing calls only if the account is in the busy state The calls are forwarded to the specified phone number The No Answer option call forwards incoming calls only if the account rings but is not answered in the defined number of rings The call gets forwarded to the specified number Note You can use the Busy and No Answer states together using different forwarding phone numbers If these states are ena...

Страница 533: ...o all accounts on the phone When enabling a CFWD state you must specify a phone number for the phone to CFWD to The number you specify applies to all accounts of the same mode 2 Number and name of accounts that display to this screen are dependant on the number and name of accounts configured on the phone In the screen in step 6 Screenname1 is configured on Line 1 Screenname2 is configured on Line...

Страница 534: ...Forward on the phone s front panel The following procedure assumes you have already configured a CFWD key AND assumes there are three accounts configured on the phone Notes 1 If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed you can still enable CFWD via the IP Phone UI at the path Options Call Forward 2 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is i...

Страница 535: ...led 2 Press the Call Forward key The Call Forward Mode screen displays Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a and CFWD NoAns is disabled as indicated by an X Screenname1 CFWD All Jan 1 12 96 1 Screenname2 Jan 1 12 96 2 S...

Страница 536: ...CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Disables all CFWD states for the current account in focus All On Enables all CFWD states for the current account in focus 4 Press the CHANGE key for the state you selected in step 3 Sc...

Страница 537: ...ess CHANGE 8 Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus When the phone is in the state you specified and a call comes into the phone it forwards the call to the number you specify 9 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action CFWD Number Screen 2 Cfwd Number Done Change Cfwd Number Cancel __ Set Change 1 Cfwd All 1 Cfwd State Done On Change Use to view ...

Страница 538: ...all forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call if there is no answer 12 Press SET to save the change 13 Press DONE to save CFWD All Number CFWD All State CFWD Busy Number CFWD Busy State CFWD No Answer Number CFWD No Answer State CFWD No Answer Rings Each time you press DONE the following Apply Changes screen...

Страница 539: ...ures 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 5 247 Configuring Operational Features 14 Press to confirm the change s each time the Apply Changes screen displays All changes are saved to the phone Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Страница 540: ...le Screenname1 Screenname2 and Screenname3 are three accounts configured on the phone All three accounts have CFWD enabled as indicated by the CFWD All message Note In Phone mode when you change the call forward configuration for an account the change applies to all accounts Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Screenname1 CFWD All Jan 1 12 96 1 Screenname2 Jan 1 12 96 2 Screenname3 Jan 1 12 96 3 CFWD A...

Страница 541: ...ccount has CFWD All and CFWD NoAns enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 The CFWD Busy setting is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Indicates Indicates CFWD ALL CFWD NoAns Indicates no CFWD phone number configured for Cfwd Mode Done 1 All Change Cfwd Mode Done 2 Busy Change Cfwd Mode Done 3 NoAns Change Cfwd Mode Done 4 All Off ...

Страница 542: ...d number if the call has not been answered for the specified number of rings Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Disables all CFWD states for the phone All On Enables all CFWD states for the phone Note In Phone m...

Страница 543: ...e the change 7 In the CFWD State screen press the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the CFWD Number screen and press CHANGE 8 Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus When the phone is in the state you specified and a call comes into the phone it forwards the call to the number you specify 9 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action CFWD Number Screen 2 Cfwd Number D...

Страница 544: ... call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call 12 Press SET to save the change 13 Press DONE to save CFWD All Number CFWD All State CFWD Busy Number CFWD Busy State CFWD No Answer Number CFWD No Answer State CFWD No Answer Rings Each time you press DONE the following Apply Changes screen displays A...

Страница 545: ...0 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 5 253 Configuring Operational Features 14 Press to confirm the change s each time the Apply Changes screen displays All the same changes are saved to all accounts on the phone Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Страница 546: ...s one or more CFWD states enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 Screenname2 has one or more CFWD states disabled as indicated by an X Screenname3 has one or more CFWD states configured but a specific state has no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a Items 4 and 5 allow you to disable or enable CFWD on all accounts respectively Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Screenname1 CFWD All J...

Страница 547: ...account has CFWD All and CFWD NoAns enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 The CFWD Busy setting is enabled for the account but has no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Indicates Indicates CFWD All CFWD NoAns Indicates no CFWD phone number configured for Cfwd Mode Done 1 All Change Cfwd Mode Done 2 Busy Change Cfwd Mode Done 3 NoAns Change Cfwd Mo...

Страница 548: ...NoAns for an account and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if the call has not been answered for a specified number of rings The phone number can be different between accounts Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if requi...

Страница 549: ...e the change 7 In the CFWD State screen press the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the CFWD Number screen and press CHANGE 8 Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus When the phone is in the state you specified and a call comes into the phone it forwards the call to the number you specify 9 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action CFWD Number Screen 2 Cfwd Number D...

Страница 550: ...ply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone receives an incoming call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call 12 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action CFWD No Rings Screen 2 Cfwd Number Done Change 1 Cfwd NoAns 1 Cf...

Страница 551: ...Busy Number CFWD Busy State CFWD No Answer Number CFWD No Answer State CFWD No Answer Rings Each time you press DONE the following Apply Changes screen displays 14 Press to confirm the change s each time the Apply Changes screen displays All changes are saved to the phone for all accounts Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Apply Changes 0 Cancel Confirm ...

Страница 552: ...n displays for the account you selected Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a and CFWD NoAns is disabled as indicated by an X Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Dir Callers L1 Call Fwd Screenname1 CFWD All Tues Jan1 10 00am ...

Страница 553: ...FWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Key Disables all CFWD states for the current account in focus All On Key Enables all CFWD states for the current account in focus CopytoAll Key Copies the call forward phone number and state of the ...

Страница 554: ...one Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State On Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Change Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212__ ...

Страница 555: ... the AllAccts key to copy the settings in the current Call Forward Settings screen for a specific call forward mode to every account on the phone Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode 7 Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the No Rings field Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 t...

Страница 556: ...e UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a and CFWD No Answer is disabled as indicated by an X Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Dir Callers L1 Call Fwd Screenname1 CFWD All Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Di...

Страница 557: ...wered for the specified number of rings Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Key Disables all CFWD modes All On Key Disables all CFWD modes CopytoAll Key Copies the call forward phone number and state of the Call ...

Страница 558: ...tate ON and OFF by pressing the CHANGE key Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forward Mode NoAns Cancel Done State On Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Call Forward Mode NoAns Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Change Call Forward Mode NoAns Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212__ No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Backspace Call Forward Mo...

Страница 559: ...DOWN arrow key to scroll to the No Rings field Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone receives an incoming call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call 8 Press DONE in the CFWD...

Страница 560: ...WN arrow keys to scroll through each account In the above example Screenname1 has one or more CFWD states enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 Screenname 2 has one or more CFWD states enabled but a specific state has no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a and Screenname3 has one or more CFWD states disabled as indicated by an X Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Tues Jan1 10 00am S...

Страница 561: ...3 Cancel Key Cancels any configuration you may have made without saving To cancel a configuration you must press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key 4 After selecting an account press CHANGE The Call Forward Mode screen displays for the account you selected Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark...

Страница 562: ...swered for a specified number of rings The phone number can be different between accounts Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Key Disables all CFWD states for the selected account All On Key Enables all CFWD stat...

Страница 563: ...count will have the same settings for that call forward mode Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State On Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Change Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212__ No Rings 1 S...

Страница 564: ...ttings in the current Call Forward Settings screen for a specific call forward mode to every account on the phone Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode 9 Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the No Rings field Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone...

Страница 565: ... by the phone The following illustrations show the default location of the Callers List Key on each type of phone model 9480i 9480i CT Callers List Key 9143i Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Options Save Delete Directory Mute ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 9480i Conf Services Xfer Icom ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 Goodbye Options Hold Redial L1 L2 L3 L4 Callers Li...

Страница 566: ...er List key is ignored when pressed When enabled you can view scroll and delete line items in the Callers List from the IP phone UI You can also directly dial from a displayed line item in the Callers List You can download the Callers List to your PC for viewing using the Aastra Web UI When you download the Callers List the phone stores the callerlist csv file to your computer in comma separated v...

Страница 567: ...75 Configuring Operational Features You can use any spreadsheet application to open the file for viewing The following is an example of a Callers List in a spreadsheet application The file displays the name phone number and the line that the call came in on ...

Страница 568: ...r Use the following procedures to enable disable the Callers List on the IP phones Using the Callers List Use the following procedure to access and use the Callers List Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for enabling disabling the Callers List see Appendix A the section Callers List Settings on page A 119 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 On 9143i 53i 55i 57...

Страница 569: ...elete key 4 To cancel a delete function press the r or the s Scroll keys 5 To save a line item to a programmable key for speeddialing press the 3 Save key and enter the line number at the Save to prompt that is already configured for speeddialing at a programmable key 6 To dial a displayed entry from the Callers List pick up the handset press the d f handsfree key or press a line key 7 To exit the...

Страница 570: ...lers List using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Directory 2 In the Callers List field click on A File Download message displays 3 Click 4 Enter the location on your computer where you want to download the Callers List and click The callerslist csv file downloads to your computer 5 Use a spreadsheet application to open and view the Callers List ...

Страница 571: ...rs list script Specifying URIs for these parameters cause the creation of an XML custom application instead of the standard function of the Callers List and Services keys An Administrator can configure these parameters using the configuration files only Creating Customizable Callers List and Services Keys Use the following procedure to create customized Callers List and Services keys on the IP Pho...

Страница 572: ... can access the Callers List and clear the call from the list Once the user accesses the Callers List the number New Calls on the idle screen is cleared Enabling Disabling Missed Calls Indicator You can enable turn on and disable turn off the Missed Calls Indicator on the IP phones using the following parameter in the configuration files missed calls indicator disabled Valid values for this parame...

Страница 573: ...n 1 Press the Callers List key on the phone to enter the Callers List 2 Use the r and s to scroll through the line items in the Callers List to find the line items that have the b icon with the receiver ON These are the missed calls to the phone 3 To clear the line item from the Callers List select the line item you want to clear and press the 3 Clear or Delete key depending on your phone model No...

Страница 574: ... directly from the directory entry The following illustrations show the default location of the Directory Key on each type of phone model 9480i 9480i CT Directory Key 9143i Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Options Save Delete Directory Mute ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 9480i Conf Services Xfer Icom ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 Goodbye Options Hold Redial L1 L2 L...

Страница 575: ...Operational Features 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 5 283 Configuring Operational Features 53i 55i 57i 57i CT Directory Key Options Key 51i Directory is an option under Services Menu Directory Key ...

Страница 576: ...ns for Directory List You can perform the following pertaining to the Directory List You can enable and disable access to the Directory List using the configuration files When disabled the Directory List does not display on the IP phone UI and the Directory List softkey is ignored when pressed This is an administrator function only If the Directory List is enabled you can view add change and delet...

Страница 577: ...ing the following parameter in the configuration files directory disabled Valid values for this parameter are 0 enabled and 1 disabled If this parameter is set to 0 the Directory List can be accessed by all users If this parameter is set to 1 the Directory List does not display on the IP phone and the Directory key is disabled On the 9143i 51i and 53i the Directory option is also removed from the ...

Страница 578: ...bute public or private is not present the entry is assigned to Private The following directory entries are considered valid our company s directory updated 1 jan 2012 mode private by default joe foo bar 123456789 6 line 1 by default mode private by default snidley whiplash 000111222 the parser ignores the COMMA in the name mode private by default manny jr 093666888 9 the parser ignores the POUND c...

Страница 579: ... are not already in the phone s NVRAM are added to the NVRAM and flagged as being owned by the server Likewise any entries in the NVRAM that are owned by the server but are no longer in one of the server s directory files are removed from the NVRAM Entries made from the IP phone UI are never touched Directory List Limitations The following table indicates the maximum characters for each line and f...

Страница 580: ...e Directory List if no key is pressed within 3 seconds the phone prompts you to press the first letter in the name of the required directory entry The phone finds and displays the first name with this letter 2 Use the r and s to scroll through the line items in the Directory List To dial from an entry in the Directory List 3 At a line item in the Directory List pick up the handset press the d f ke...

Страница 581: ...the Directory List Note To cancel a delete function press the r or the s scroll keys To delete all entries from the Directory List 7 a At the Directory List header press DELETE or DELETE LIST depending on your phone model The following prompt displays DELETE again to erase all items b Press DELETE again to delete all entries from the Directory List Note To cancel a delete function press the r or t...

Страница 582: ...king the new entry public or private Note The entry is set to Private by default If the entry is made Public the entry is sent to the handsets A 57i CT accepts a maximum of 50 entries with the public attribute b To edit an entry use the Change softkey A screen displays allowing you to edit the name phone number and line number as well as the public private setting c To dial a displayed entry from ...

Страница 583: ...ocedure to configure the download Downloading from the IP Phone to the Server You can use the Aastra Web UI to download the Directory List from the IP phone to the configuration server Note You must use TFTP to download the Directory List Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for downloading the Directory List see Appendix A the section Directory Settin...

Страница 584: ...d Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Directory 2 In the Directory List field click on A File Download message displays 3 Click 4 Enter the location on your computer where you want to download the Directory List and click The directorylist csv file downloads to your computer 5 Use a spreadsheet application to open and view the Directory List ...

Страница 585: ...ys up to 99 voicemails for an account even if the number of voicemails exceeds the limit Registered account numbers URIs that exceed the length of the screen either with or without the voicemail icon and the message count are truncated with an ellipse character at the end of the number URI string The end of the Voicemail list displays the number of new voicemail messages if any exist Configuring V...

Страница 586: ...l numbers associated with each of the 9 lines on the phone For example sip line1 vmail 97 sip line2 vmail 95 Use the following procedure to configure voicemail using the configuration files Note In the above example the user would dial 97 to access the voicemail account for line 1 and 95 to access the voicemail account for line 2 Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the confi...

Страница 587: ...nu 2 From the Services menu select Voicemail 3 Use the r and s to scroll through the line items in the Voicemail List 4 When you have selected a line item press the d f handsfree key 4 Scroll Right key or press a line softkey to make an outgoing call using the voicemail access phone number associated with the line for which the voicemail account is registered From a selected item in the Voicemail ...

Страница 588: ...display These services include things like weather and traffic reports contact information company info stock quotes or custom call scripts The IP phone XML application supports the following proprietary objects that allow for the customization of the IP phone s display XML Object Description AastraIPPhoneTextMenu for Menu screens Creates a numerical list of menu items on the IP phones AastraIPPho...

Страница 589: ...cuting XML commands Allows the phone to execute commands i e reset NoOp etc using XML AastraIPPhoneConfiguration for pushing a configuration to the phone Allows the server to push a configuration to the phone See page 301 for more information AastraIPPhoneImageScreen Standard Bitmap Image Creates a display with a single bitmap image according to alignment height and width specifications AastraIPPh...

Страница 590: ...s value is case sensitive xml status scroll delay config files Status Scroll Delay seconds Web UI Allows you to set the time delay in seconds between the scrolling of each status message on the phone Use with Configuration files See page 301 Aastra Web UI See page 301 1 to 25 Default 5 Timeout Specifies a timeout value for the LCD screen display Use with XML object See Appendix G 0 30 45 60 Defaul...

Страница 591: ...when other events occur such as pressing buttons on the keypad Use with XML object See Appendix G yes no Default no CancelAction Specifies a URI that the phone executes a GET on when the user presses the default CANCEL key Use with XML object See Appendix G Fully qualified URI For example cancelAction http 10 50 10 117 ft xml Attribute Option Description Usage Valid Values ...

Страница 592: ...tatus object If you disable the beep or no AastraIPPhoneStatus object appears in the status message then the default behavior is no beep is heard when the object arrives to the phone The value set in the configuration files and Aastra Web UI override the attribute you specify for the AastraIPPhoneStatus object For example if the AastraIPPhoneStatus object has the attribute of Beep yes and you unch...

Страница 593: ...that allows you to make configuration changes to the phone that take affect immediately without having to reboot the phone This feature involves creating XML scripts that push the changed configuration parameter s from the server to the IP phones You can use the AastraIPPhoneConfiguration object in the XML scripts to change configuration parameters or configure new parameters However since the IP ...

Страница 594: ...parameters for object requests xml application URI xml application title The xml application URI is the application you are loading into the IP phone The xml application title is the name of the XML application that displays on the Services menu in the IP Phone UI as option 4 XML Get Timeout The IP phone has a parameter called xml get timeout that allows you to specify a timeout value in seconds t...

Страница 595: ...rdingly and displays the information to the screen Example Configuration of XML Application The following example shows the parameters you enter in the configuration files to configure an XML application xml application URI http 172 16 96 63 aastra internet php xml application title Aastra Telecom xml application post list 10 50 10 53 dhcp10 53 ana aastra com Configuring for XML on the IP Phone Af...

Страница 596: ...e list box 4 In the Label field enter a label that displays on the IP phone for the softkey For example XML 5 In the Value field enter the IP address or qualified domain name of the XML application 6 In the XML Application URI field enter the HTTP server path or qualified domain name of the XML application you want to load to the IP phone For example you could enter an XML application called http ...

Страница 597: ...tely When the XML application is pushed to the phone via an HTTP POST a host IP address or domain name server is required 9 Click on Advanced Settings Configuration Server 10 In the XML Push Server List Approved IP Addresses field enter the host IP address and or domain name server You can enter multiple IP address and or domain name servers separated by commas In the example in Step 8 the illustr...

Страница 598: ...i and 9143i select a key from keys 3 through 6 3 In the Hard Key field select XML from the list box 4 In the Value field enter the IP address or qualified domain name of the XML application 5 Click to save your changes The XML application is applied to the IP phone immediately When the XML application is pushed to the phone via an HTTP POST a host IP address or domain name server is required ...

Страница 599: ... Approved IP Addresses field enter the host IP address and or domain name server You can enter multiple IP address and or domain name servers separated by commas In the example in Step 6 the illustration shows a host IP address of 10 50 10 53 10 50 10 54 in the applicable field 8 Click to save your changes Note No posting is performed if a session times out Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 600: ... XML feature on the IP phone IP Phone UI Step Action For the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT 1 Press the Services key on the phone to display the Services menu 2 Select Custom Features 3 Use the r and s to scroll through the line items in a menu driven and directory Custom Features screen Message services display to the screen after selecting the Custom Features option For user input services follow...

Страница 601: ...XML services A Custom Features screen displays 2 Use the r and s to scroll through the customized features 3 Select a service to display the information for that customized service Message services display to the screen after pressing the programmable key For user input services follow the prompts as appropriate 4 To exit from the Custom Features screen press the XML programmable key again ...

Страница 602: ... parameters in the configuration files and the Aastra Web UI This table also identifies the variables that apply to specific parameters Action URIs and Associated Variables Note The Action URI feature on the IP Phones prevent the phone from hanging if the Action URIs should fail Also the phones have support for transparent non blocking XML post execute item URIs For more information about the XML ...

Страница 603: ...on uri onhook Onhook LOCALIP CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION LINESTATE action uri disconnected Disconnected LINESTATE For more information see Action URI Disconnected on page 316 action uri xml sip notify XML SIP Notify For more information see XML SIP Notify Events on page 5 319 Variable Description SIPUSERNAME Username associated with registered phone incoming caller outgoing caller SIPAUTHNAME Authe...

Страница 604: ...caller outgoing caller DISPLAYNAME Display name associated with incoming caller SIPUSERNAME Username associated with registered phone incoming caller outgoing caller INCOMINGNAME Name associated with incoming caller CALLDURATION Note This variable allows for enhanced information in call records and billing applications Duration of last call This variable is associated with onhook CALLDIRECTION Not...

Страница 605: ...te of the phone For example if you enter the following string for the action uri outgoing parameter action uri outgoing http 10 50 10 140 outgoing pl number REMOTENUMBER and you dial out the number 5551212 the phone executes a GET on http 10 50 10 140 outgoing pl number 5551212 You can configure this feature via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring XML Action URIs Use the follo...

Страница 606: ... 3 Enter an XML URI for a successful registration in the Successful Registration field For example http 10 50 10 14 registered php auth name SIPAUTHNAME This parameter specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when a successful registration event occurs Note For a successful registration event use the associated variables indicated in the table Action URIs and Associated Variables on...

Страница 607: ...iables indicated in the table Action URIs and Associated Variables on page 5 310 6 Enter an XML URI for an offhook event in the Offhook field For example http 10 50 10 140 offhook php state LINESTATE This parameter specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an offhook event occurs Note For an offhook event use the associated variables indicated in the table Action URIs and Associ...

Страница 608: ...fter all of the variables are bound the phone executes a GET on the URI The following table lists the applicable values for the LINESTATE variable 10 Optional You can poll a URI at specific intervals on the phones For more information about polling Action URIs see Polling Action URIs on page 5 325 11 Click to save your changes Note The LINESTATE variable is optional and not required when enabling ...

Страница 609: ...ch is what the remote server receives An Administrator can enable the disconnect feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring the Action URI Disconnected Feature Use the following procedure to configure the Action URI Disconnected feature on the phone Note If you enable the Action URI Disconnect feature by specifying a URI the URI is called when any disconnect event occur...

Страница 610: ...le http fargo ana aastra com disconnected xml state LINESTATE The following table lists the applicable values and descriptions for the LINESTATE 3 Click to save your settings LINESTATE Value Description Meaning in a Disconnected URI IDLE Phone is idle N A DIALING Phone is offhook and ready to dial N A CALLING A SIP INVITE was sent but no response was received Error occurred during the call OUTGOIN...

Страница 611: ... When the phone receives the SIP NOTIFY the XML content is processed as any XML object In the above example the phone calls http 10 30 100 39 XMLtests SampleTextScreen xml after reception of the SIP NOTIFY Example of a SIP NOTIFY with XML Content NOTIFY sip 200 10 30 100 103 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 30 100 103 5060 branch z9hG4bK7bbc1fac rport From sip 201 10 30 100 103 5060 tag 81be2861f3 ...

Страница 612: ...the phone Web UI Also to ensure that the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist the phone rejects the message Example of a SIP NOTIFY without XML Content NOTIFY sip 200 10 30 100 103 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 ...

Страница 613: ...t the following parameter in the configuration files sip xml notify event If the content is missing in the SIP NOTIFY message received by the phone the phone automatically uses the value you specify for the following parameter action uri xml sip notify Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Polling Action URI Settings on pag...

Страница 614: ...IP NOTIFY Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to enable disable the XML SIP NOTIFY feature in the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Enabling Disabling the XML SIP NOTIFY Feature 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings XML SIP Notify Parameter Enabling Whitelist Proxy is recommended ...

Страница 615: ...s the phone to accept or reject an aastra xml SIP NOTIFY message Note To ensure the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist i e untrusted server the phone rejects the message 3 Click to save your changes Aastr...

Страница 616: ...I 1 If the content is missing in the SIP NOTIFY message received by the phone the phone automatically uses the value you specify for the Action URI XML SIP Notify parameter at the path Advanced Settings Action URI Click on Advanced Settings Action URI 2 Specify a URI to be called when an empty XML SIP NOTIFY is received by the phone For example http myserver com myappli xml Note The sip xml notify...

Страница 617: ...tervals An Administrator can specify the URI to be called and specify the interval between polls using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration of this feature is dynamic no reboot required Configuring Polling Action URI via the Configuration Files Use the following parameters to configure the polling Action URI on the IP Phones action uri poll action uri poll interval Configurat...

Страница 618: ...RI using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Action URI 2 In the Poll field enter a URI to be called every action uri pool interval seconds Enter the value in a URI format For example http myserver com myappli xml 3 In the Interval field enter the interval in seconds between calls from the phone to the action uri poll The value of 0 is disabled 4 Click to save your changes...

Страница 619: ...YURL LINESTATE LOCALIP REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNAME SIPUSERNAME INCOMINGNAME CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION When the softkey is pressed if the phone finds a URI configured with variables in the form VARIABLENAME they are replaced with the value of the appropriate variable After all of the variables are bound the softkey executes a GET on the URI Example For example if the administrator specifies an XML so...

Страница 620: ... files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring XML Softkey URIs Use the following procedures to configure XML Softkey URIs using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 184 ...

Страница 621: ...atures Aastra Web UI For the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML 2 Select a key from keys 1 through 20 3 In the Type field select XML from the list box 4 In the Label field enter a label that displays on the IP phone for the XML softkey For example aastra ...

Страница 622: ...he phone performs a GET on when the key is pressed For example http 10 50 10 140 script pl name SIPUSERNAME Note You can use the following variables in the URI SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNAME SIPUSERNAME INCOMINGNAME CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 623: ...or the 9143i 53i 1 Click on Operation Programmable Keys 53i and 9143i Screen 2 On the 9143i and 53i select a key from keys 1 through 6 3 In the Type field select XML from the list box 4 On the 9143i and 53i in the Label field enter a label that displays on the IP phone for the XML softkey For example aastra ...

Страница 624: ...he phone performs a GET on when the key is pressed For example http 10 50 10 140 script pl name SIPUSERNAME Note You can use the following variables in the URI SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNAME SIPUSERNAME INCOMINGNAME CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 625: ...ogrammable key or expansion module key on the phone On the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT phones the WebApps softkey displays on softkey 1 on the idle screen by default You can also access Web Apps from the Services menu on these phones On the 9143i and 53i you can access WebApps from the Services menu or from a configured programmable key By default WebApps displays in the Services menu On the...

Страница 626: ...ollowing table identifies the phone states that apply to each key redirection The following URI configuration parameters control the redirection of the keys and the voicemail option redial script xfer script conf script icom script voicemail script An Administrator can configure the XML key redirection URI parameters using the configuration files only Hard Keys Options Redirects in Conference Conf...

Страница 627: ...hone side Options Menu The following URI configuration parameter controls the redirection of the Options Key options script IMPORTANT NOTES If no Options URI script is configured the local Options Menu on the phone displays as normal If you configure password access to the Options Menu this password is required when accessing the local Option Menu but is not required for the Options Key redirectio...

Страница 628: ...n configure the XML Options Key or Services Key on the 51i redirection URI parameter using the configuration files only Configuring XML Redirection of the Options Key Services Key on the 51i Use the following procedure to configure XML redirection of the Options key Services key on 51i Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section ...

Страница 629: ...etermines whether or not the phone is prevented from entering the off hook dialing state if the handset is off hook and the call ends An Administrator can enable allow phone to enter the off hook dialing state or disable prevent the phone from entering the off hook dialing state using the auto offhook parameter in the configuration files only Configuring the Off Hook Interaction Feature Use the fo...

Страница 630: ...ny softkey pressed by the user that initiates a Get Request continues to get sent To allow the overriding of the locked phone for XML applications the System Administrator must enter the following parameter in the configuration files xml lock override Configuring XML Override for a Locked Phone using the Configuration Files Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configur...

Страница 631: ...dio mode The default setting for these parameters is 0 zero The following table describes each parameter Note Aastra Telecom recommends you leave the default of 0 zero as the settings for these parameters Parameter Description Headset tx gain The increased db or decreased db amount of signal transmitted from the headset microphone to t he far end party Headset sidetone gain The increased db or dec...

Страница 632: ...hed between the two modes by pressing the d fkey When on speaker you can return to using the handset by placing the handset on the cradle and picking it up again 1 Headset Calls can be made or received using the headset Calls can be switched between the headset and handset by pressing the d fkey 2 Speaker Headset Incoming calls are sent to the speakerphone By pressing the d fkey you can switch bet...

Страница 633: ...10 and 2020 Line 2 conference together extensions 2005 2011 and 2021 When an IP phone user is connected to multiple conference calls some outbound proxies have maximum call hold time set from 30 90 seconds After this time the call that is on hold is disconnected Disconnect from an active conference call while allowing the other callers to remain connected Ability to create N way conference Join tw...

Страница 634: ...ing Centralized Conferencing Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameters to configure centralized conferencing in the configuration files Global Parameter sip centralized conf Per Line Parameter sip lineN centralized conf Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Centralized Conferencing Settings on page A 84 ...

Страница 635: ...ble SIP centralized conferencing on the IP phone do one of the following actions If you have specified a proxy server registrar server then to reach the media server via the proxy server set this field to one of the following conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf or Conference you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port For example if the proxy ser...

Страница 636: ...centralized conferencing on this line do one of the following actions If you have specified a proxy server registrar server then to reach the media server via the proxy server set this field to one of the following conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf or Conference you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port To reach the media server using a diffe...

Страница 637: ...I screen Valid values are 0 disabled or 1 enabled Default is 0 disabled If the http digest force login parameter is set to 1 enabled after the phone boots the LOG IN softkey displays on the phone s LCD If the user presses this softkey a username password screen displays allowing the user to enter the configured username and password that is sent to the HTTP HTTPS server for digest authentication b...

Страница 638: ...ol 1 Factory default the phone 2 Configure the HTTP or HTTPS server specify the HTTP or HTTPS server path and port 3 Restart the phone The first time the phone reboots the phone is challenged by the server The phone sends the default username of aastra and the default password of aastra to the server The server sends the default profile to the phone This profile includes the information http diges...

Страница 639: ...tempts to authenticate with the server If successful the phone reboots and loads the user configuration If unsuccessful the phone displays Authentication Failed Note On the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT you use the Log In softkey to log in On the 9143i 51i and 53i you press the right arrow key to log in Note The Username and Password fields accept special characters such as _ etc You can also ...

Страница 640: ...olumn format The function keys on the bottom left of the Module allow you to display 3 full screens of softkeys Each screen consists of 2 columns with the following default headings on each page Page 1 List 1 and List 2 Page 2 List 3 and List 4 Page 3 List 5 and List 6 List 1 List 2 BLF 200 Home speeddial Lock Unlock Softkeys Function Keys Press for page 1 Press for page 2 Press for page 3 Page 1 ...

Страница 641: ...dings on each 560M Expansion Module screen using the configuration files You use the following parameters to customize the column headings Expansion Module 1 3 pages expmod1page1left expmod1page1right expmod1page2left expmod1page2right expmod1page3left expmod1page3right Expansion Module 2 3 pages expmod2page1left expmod2page1right expmod2page2left expmod2page2right expmod2page3left expmod2page3rig...

Страница 642: ...ht expmod3page2left expmod3page2right expmod3page3left expmod3page3right Example The following is an example of configuring Expansion Module 1 column headings expmod1page1left Personnel Ext expmod1page1right Operations Ext expmod1page2left Marketing Ext expmod1page2right Logistics Ext expmod1page3left Engineering Ext expmod1page3right Shipping Ext ...

Страница 643: ...illustrations Customizing the 560M Expansion Module Column Display Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Customizing 560M Expansion Module Column Display on page A 219 Page 1 Screen Personnel Ext Operations Ext Marketing Ext Logistics Ext Engineering Ext Shipping Ext Page 2 Screen Page 3 Screen ...

Страница 644: ...Operational Features 5 352 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide ...

Страница 645: ...des procedures for configuring each feature Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Advanced Operational Features page 6 3 MAC Address Line Number in REGISTER Messages page 6 5 SIP Message Sequence for Blind Transfer page 6 7 Update Caller ID During a Call page 6 8 Boot Sequence Recovery Mode page 6 9 Auto discovery Using mDNS page 6 10 Single Call Restriction 57i CT and 9480i C...

Страница 646: ...y page 6 24 Transport Layer Security TLS page 6 26 802 1x Support page 6 31 Symmetric UDP Signaling page 6 43 Removing UserAgent and Server SIP Headers page 6 44 Multi Stage Digit Collection Billing Codes Support for Sylantro Servers page 6 45 Configurable DNS Queries page 6 48 Ignore Out of Sequence Errors page 6 50 Topic Page ...

Страница 647: ...iscovery Using mDNS The IP phones automatically perform an auto discovery of all servers on a network using mDNS When the IP phone discovers a TFTP server it is automatically configured by that TFTP server Single Call Restriction 57i CT and 9480i CT only Allows you to enable or disable a single call restriction between the 57i CT base unit and a call server Missed Call Summary Subscription Allows ...

Страница 648: ...t on the IP Phones Symmetric UDP Signaling Allows you to enable or disable the phone to use port 5060 to send SIP UDP messages Removing UserAgent and Server SIP Headers Allows you to enable or disable the addition of the User Agent and Server SIP headers in the SIP stack Multi Stage Digit Collection Billing Codes Support for Sylantro Servers IP Phones support Sylantro Server features like mandator...

Страница 649: ...line number The MAC address is sent in uppercase hex numbers for example 00085D03C792 The line number is a number between 1 and 9 The following parameters allow you to enable disable the sending of MAC address and line number to the call server sip send mac sip send line These parameters are disabled by default The parameters are configurable via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Config...

Страница 650: ... the Send MAC Address in REGISTER Message field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Enable the Send Line Number in REGISTER Message field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 4 Click to save your settings Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 5 Select Operation Reset and click ...

Страница 651: ...plete the transfer In the 1 4 and later releases the CANCEL is now sent before the REFER message The following parameter allows the system administrator to force the phone to use the Blind Transfer method available in software versions prior to 1 4 sip cancel after blind transfer This parameter is configurable via the configuration files only Configuring SIP Message Sequence for Blind Transfer Con...

Страница 652: ...e displays the updated name and number information contained within the Contact header The following parameter allows the system administrator to enable or disable this feature sip update callerid This parameter is configurable via the configuration files only Configuring Update Caller ID During a Call Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files for enabli...

Страница 653: ...s 0 false A boot counter increments after each faulty boot When the counter reaches a predetermined value it forces Web recovery mode The counter is reset to zero upon a successful boot The predetermined value is set using the following parameter in the configuration files max boot count A zero 0 value disables this feature The default value is 10 You can configure the boot sequence recovery mode ...

Страница 654: ...ly configured by auto discovery or manually configured added to a network uses its predefined configuration to boot up Notes 1 Configuration parameters received via DHCP do not constitute configuration information with the exception of a TFTP server Therefore you can plug a phone into a DHCP environment still use the auto discovery process and still allow the use of the TFTP server parameter to se...

Страница 655: ...call can be active at a time either from the base unit or from the handset When this feature is disabled and you make an active call on either the base unit or the handset any other attempt to make an active call is put on hold Also when this feature is disabled more than one call can negotiate complex audio codecs since only a single call is decoding audio at a time You can configure this feature...

Страница 656: ...Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings 2 Enable the Two Call Support field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Click to save your settings Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 4 Select Operation Reset and click ...

Страница 657: ...o work you must configure voicemail on the phone that the call was initially directed to For example phones A B and C are connected to the server You configure the server to direct calls coming into phone B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls phone B the server forwards the call to phone C With this feature phone B receives notification from the server that...

Страница 658: ...y You use the following parameters to configure Missed Call Summary Subscription feature on a global basis Global Parameters sip missed call summary subscription sip missed call summary subscription period Use the following parameters to configure Missed Call Summary Subscription feature on a per line basis Per Line Parameter sip lineN missed call summary subscription Configuration Files For the s...

Страница 659: ...rational Features Configuring Missed Call Summary Subscription using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure the Missed Call Summary Subscription feature using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Global Configuration 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings ...

Страница 660: ... B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls sip missed call summary subscription parameter phone B receives notification from the server that the call was forwarded and the missed calls indicator is incremented on phone B Note You must configure voicemail on the phone that the call was initially directed to phone B in the above example 3 The Missed Call Summary ...

Страница 661: ...unt configuration see Chapter 3 the section Account Configuration on page 3 34 If the key is custom configured a screen displays on the phone allowing the user to choose the account to apply DND or CFWD For information about CFWD and DND custom configuration see Chapter 3 the section Account Configuration on page 3 34 A solid Message Waiting Indicator MWI indicates if one line account has DND or C...

Страница 662: ...ys on the IP Phone UI for server side call forwarding For server side ACD when you press the ACD softkey the screen that displays is dependant on the state of the ACD subscription Possible state for ACD are Logged Out User has the option of logging in Logged In User has the option of logging out or making the phone unavailable Unavailable User has the option of logging out or making the phone avai...

Страница 663: ...lineN as feature event subscription sip as feature event subscription period Note IMPORTANT If DND and CFWD are configured to use Account mode on the IP Phone pressing the DND and CFWD keys apply to the account in focus as described in Chapter 3 the section Account Configuration on page 3 34 If ACD is configured on the phone the ACD softkey applies to the line for which the key is configured The A...

Страница 664: ...the following procedure to enable disable the server side as feature event on the IP Phone using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings LineN Advanced SIP Settings 2 In the Advanced SIP Settings section enable the As Feature Event Subscription field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Страница 665: ...anced SIP Settings 5 In the Advanced SIP Settings section in the As Feature Event Subscription Period field enter the amount of time in seconds that the phone waits after sending a SUBSCRIBE to receive a NOTIFY response from the server side Default is 3600 Valid values are 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI As Feature Event Subscription Period ...

Страница 666: ...e blacklist If all servers are on the blacklist then the IP phone attempts to send the message to the first server on the list You can specify how long failed servers remain on the blacklist in the IP phone s configuration file or in the Aastra Web UI The default setting is 300 seconds If you set the duration to 0 seconds then you disable the blacklist feature Configuring Blacklist Duration Using ...

Страница 667: ...UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 In the Blacklist Duration field specify the length of time in seconds that a failed server remains on the server blacklist The IP phone avoids sending a SIP message to a failed server if another server is available for this amount of time Valid values are 0 to 9999999 Default is 300 seconds 5 minutes For example 600 Note The value ...

Страница 668: ... phone accepts call requests from a trusted proxy server only The IP phone rejects any call requests from an untrusted proxy server Configuring Whitelist Proxy Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameter to configure the whitelist proxy feature using the configuration files sip whitelist Configuration Files For the specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for se...

Страница 669: ...e Whitelist Proxy feature using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 The Whitelist Proxy field is disabled by default To enable this field check the box When this feature is enabled an IP phone accepts call requests from a trusted proxy server only The IP phone rejects any call requests from an untrusted proxy server 3 Click to save your c...

Страница 670: ...e an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is exchanged TLS requires the use of the following security certificate files to perform TLS handshake Root and Intermediate Certificates Local Certificate Private Key Trusted Certificate When the phones use TLS to authenticate with the server each individual call must setup a new TLS connection This can take more time when placing each ...

Страница 671: ...e UI This field contains a more accurate description of the caller identity extension phone number than is contained in the SIP message Notes 1 Persistent TLS requires the outbound proxy server and outbound proxy port parameters be configured in either the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Network Settings There can be only one persistent TLS connectio...

Страница 672: ...on contained in the PAI header If the call is not forwarded via a registered proxy server and therefore is not a Trusted Entity the IP phone UI does not display any trust information contained in the PAI header Configuring TLS Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameters to configure TLS in the configuration files sip transport protocol sips persistent tls sips root and intermedi...

Страница 673: ...ertificate file names that you want the phone to use Use the following procedure to configure TLS using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 In the Transport Protocol field select TLS or Persistent TLS Note If configuring Persistent TLS you must go to Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic Network Settings and configure the Outbound Proxy Serv...

Страница 674: ...ted list must contain the CA root certificates for all the servers it is connecting to For example if the phone is connecting to server A which has a certificate signed by CA1 and server B which has a certificate signed by CA2 the phone must have CA1 root certificate and CS2 root certificate in its Trusted Certificate file Notes 1 If configuring TLS you must specify the files for Root and Intermed...

Страница 675: ...er or endpoint identity This feature supports both the EAP MD5 and EAP TLS protocols If 802 1x on the phone is enabled the following screen displays during startup of the phone If the 802 1x failed to authenticate with the server the phone continues it s normal startup process using DHCP However the network port on the phone may or may not be disabled depending on the switch configuration Certific...

Страница 676: ...ine connected to this port is authenticated For security reasons the IP phone has the option to disable the pass through port Multiple supplicants Using this mode the switch can support multiple clients connected to same port The switch distinguishes between the clients based on their MAC address Factory default and recovery mode deletes all certificates and private keys and sets the EAP type to d...

Страница 677: ...sthrough enabled For EAP TLS use eap type identity 802 1x root and intermediate certificates use 1 root and 0 or 1 intermediate certificates 802 1x local certificate use 1 local certificate 802 1x private key 1 private key that corresponds to local certificate 802 1x trusted certificates 0 or more trusted certificates a maximum of 2 pc port passthrough enabled Configuration Files For the specific ...

Страница 678: ... 1x Protocol on your phone using the IP Phone UI Note If configuring 802 1x using the IP Phone UI the certificates and private keys must already be configured and stored on the phone Use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI to load certificates and private keys Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu and enter your Administrator password...

Страница 679: ...sThru Port On the 9143i 51i 53i Select Network Settings Ethernet PC Port Enabled Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Done Ethernet Link 1 LAN Port Link 2 PC Port Link 3 Enable PassThru Port 4 802 1x Settings Select 9480i 9480i CT 10 Ethernet Next Enter 1 LAN Port Link Next Enter 2 PC Port Link Next Enter 4 802 1x Settings Next Enter 3 PC Port Enabled Yes Next Change 9143i 51i 53i 55i 57i 57i CT ...

Страница 680: ...e enabled to use the 802 1x Protocol 5 Press Done on 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT or Press Next on 9143i 51i 53i 6 Select 802 1x Settings 7 Select 802 1x Mode Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Done Enable PassThru Port Enable PassThru Port Yes Cancel Change Done 802 1x Settings 1 802 1x Mode 2 EAP MD5 Settings Select 2 EAP MD5 Settings Yes Next Enter 1 802 1x Mode Next Enter ...

Страница 681: ...configure the certificates and private key for the phone 9 Press Done on 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT or Press Set on 9143i 51i 53i 10 To configure MD5 select EAP MD5 Settings 11 Select Identity Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Done 802 1x Mode Disabled Cancel EAP MD5 EAP TLS 1 802 1x Mode Next Enter 802 1x Mode Disabled Next Set 4 802 1x Settings Next Enter 802 1x Mode EAP MD5 Next Set 802 1x Mode...

Страница 682: ...i CT or Press Set 9143i 51i 53i 14 Enter the password used for authenticating the phone Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Done Username Username Backspace ABC Cancel Nextspace 1 EAP MD5 Settings Next Enter 1 Identity Next Enter 2 MD5 Password Next Enter User Name Cancel Set Password Cancel Set Done Password Password Backspace ABC Cancel Nextspace 1 EAP MD5 Settings Next Enter 1 Identity Next Enter 2 ...

Страница 683: ...ble while entering the password then press Done 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT or Press Set 9143i 51i 53i 16 Press the key to save your settings and exit from the IP Phone UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings 802 1x Support To configure EAP MD5 2 In the EAP Type field select EAP MD5 Valid values are Disabled Default EAP MD5 and EAP TLS 3 In the Identify field enter an Identity for the IP p...

Страница 684: ...one For example password1 5 Click to save your changes 6 Click on Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings 7 The PC Port PassThru Enable Disable field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box Note The PC Port PassThru Enable Disable field must be enabled to use the 802 1x Protocol 8 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI PC Port PassThru Enable Disable ...

Страница 685: ... phone for which you are configuring 802 1x For example phone1 3 In the Root and Intermediate Certificates Filename field enter the filename that contains the root and intermediate certificates related to the local certificate For example root_Intermed_certifi pem 4 In the Local Certificate Filename field enter the filename that contains the local certificate For example localcertificate pem 5 In ...

Страница 686: ...es For example trusted_certificates pem 7 Click to save your changes 8 Click on Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings 9 The PC Port PassThru Enable Disable field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box Note The PC Port PassThru Enable Disable field must be enabled to use the 802 1x Protocol 10 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI PC Port PassThru Enable Disable ...

Страница 687: ... the IP phone chooses a random source port for UDP messages The IP phone also chooses a random source port for UDP messages if you configure a backup proxy server registrar server or outbound proxy server An Administrator can configure symmetric UDP signaling using the configuration files only Configuring Symmetric UDP Signaling Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameter to enab...

Страница 688: ...configuration files sip user agent Setting this parameter allows you to enable or disable the addition of the User Agent and Server SIP headers from the SIP stack You can configure this feature using the configuration files only Configuring UserAgent Server SIP Headers You use the following parameter to specify whether the UserAgent and Server SIP header is added to the SIP stack sip user agent Co...

Страница 689: ...s may enter a 2 9 digit billing code Billing codes may not start with either 0 Operator or 9 external calls When using Sylantro Click to Call IP phone users select a billing code from a pull down menu When placing a call a secondary dial tone alerts IP phone users to enter the billing code The IP phone UI also displays a Enter Billing Code message If an IP phone user redials a number they do not h...

Страница 690: ...cludes a mandatory billing code becomes phonenumber 23 billing code Optional billing codes The user dials an optional billing code by dialing 50 followed by the billing code digits When prompted for additional digits user enters the phone number For example suppose the IP phone user is using billing code 500 and dialing the external number 617 238 5000 The IP user then enters the number using the ...

Страница 691: ...s 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 6 47 Configuring Advanced Operational Features Numbers Not Requiring Billing Codes Billing codes are not required for the following two types of calls Emergency calls E911 Calls between extensions ...

Страница 692: ...from the proxy You can configure the phone to use any one of these methods by entering the applicable value in the configuration files Configuration File Value DNS Server Method Used Description 0 A only The phone sends A Host IP Address lookup for the IP address and uses the default port number of 5060 1 SRV A The phone sends SRV Service Location Record lookup to get the port number Most often th...

Страница 693: ...lookups using the following parameter in the configuration files sip dns query type Note On the phone side if you configure the phone with a Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN proxy and specified port the phone always sends A only lookups to find the Host IP Address of the proxy Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section DNS Query...

Страница 694: ... using the configuration files only Enabling Disabling Out of Order SIP Requests Use the following procedure to enable disable out of order SIP requests Note As the default Asterisk configuration does not fully track dialogs through a reboot it is recommended that this parameter be enabled when using the BLF feature with an Asterisk server If you do not enable this feature then rebooting the Aster...

Страница 695: ...encryption on the IP phones and provides methods an administrator can use to store encrypted files to a server Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Encrypted Files on the IP Phone page 7 2 Configuration File Encryption Method page 7 2 Procedure to Encrypt Configuration Files page 7 4 Vendor Configuration File Encryption page 7 6 ...

Страница 696: ...mmand line the System Administrator uses an Aastra supplied encryption tool called anacrypt exe to encrypt the MAC tuz file This tool processes the plain text mac cfg and aastra cfg files and creates triple DES encrypted versions called mac tuz and aastra tuz Encryption is performed using a secret password that is chosen by the administrator The encryption tool is also used to create an additional...

Страница 697: ...the following Prevents users from using the MAC tuz file that does not match the user s phone MAC address Renders the MAC tuz file invalid if the user renames the file Works with IP phone releases prior to Release 2 2 Provides compatibility between the previous encryption routine and the new decryption routine Note If the use of encrypted configuration files is enabled via security tuz or pre prov...

Страница 698: ...ord m i v h Note Incorrect password produces garbage For site specific keyfile security cfg the plaintext must match password Anacrypt Switch Description infile cfg d dir Specifies that all cfg files in dir should be encrypted p password Specifies password used to generate keys m Generate MAC tuz files that are phone specific This switch generates files that are only usable for phones with firmwar...

Страница 699: ...0 and up C anacrypt i p 1234abcd For any firmware version C anacrypt i p 1234abcd v1 Example 2 Encrypting a single aastra cfg file with password 1234abcd C anacrypt aastra cfg p 1234abcd Example 3 Encrypting a mac cfg file with password 1234abcd C anacrypt 00085d000000 cfg p 1234abcd Example 4 Encrypting a mac cfg file with password 1234abcd using the new MAC encryption m is only supported for fir...

Страница 700: ...ors can have specific methods to encrypt files on their configuration servers For each phone the configuration server can generate a random hex string encryption key that is used to encrypt the phone s MAC specific configuration file The encryption key is placed in a plain text MAC specific configuration file that the server downloads to the phone After the phone receives the file it updates the e...

Страница 701: ...g Vendor Configuration File Encryption Use the following procedure to configure vendor configuration file encryption on the IP Phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for automatic update see Appendix A the section Configuration Encryption Setting on page A 232 ...

Страница 702: ...Encrypted Files on the IP Phone 7 8 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide ...

Страница 703: ...on This chapter provides information about upgrading the IP phone firmware Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Upgrading the Firmware page 8 2 Manual Firmware Update TFTP only page 8 2 Manual Firmware and Configuration File Update page 8 4 Automatic Update auto resync page 8 6 ...

Страница 704: ...tored on the configuration server in one of three ways Manual firmware update using the Aastra Web UI TFTP only Manual update of firmware and configuration files by restarting the phone via the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Automatic update of firmware configuration files or both at a specific time in a 24 hour period via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Manual Firmware Update TFTP ...

Страница 705: ...n name in the TFTP Server IP field 3 Enter the firmware file name phone model st that you want to download to your IP phone in the File Name field For example 53i st This file name must match the actual name of the firmware file residing on your configuration server 4 Click This starts the upgrade process If the upgrade is successful the following message displays on the screen Firmware Upgrade Su...

Страница 706: ...files stored on the configuration server Restarting the Phone Using the IP Phone UI Warning Do not reset or turn off the phone until the download is complete IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Restart Phone 3 For 9143i 51i 53i Press to confirm Note To cancel the Restart press the 3 key For 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT Press Restart Note To cancel the R...

Страница 707: ...Upgrading the Firmware 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 8 5 Upgrading the Firmware Restarting the Phone Using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Reset Phone 2 Click to restart the phone ...

Страница 708: ...ature using the Aastra Web UI or using the configuration files aastra cfg and mac cfg When configuring via the Aastra Web UI the administrator sets the following parameters Mode Time The Mode parameter determines the type of update that the IP phone performs configuration file only firmware only or both The Time parameter sets the period of time for which the IP phone is automatically updated When...

Страница 709: ...e Aastra Web UI take precedence over the IP phone UI and the configuration files 3 If the IP phone is in use not idle at the time of the resync check the reboot occurs when the phone becomes idle 4 The resync time is based on the local time of the IP phone 5 Auto Resync adds up to 15 minutes random time to the configured time For example if the auto resync time parameter is set to 02 00 the event ...

Страница 710: ...ick on Advanced Settings Configuration Server Auto Resync 2 Select the auto resync mode from the Mode field Valid values are None Configuration Files Firmware Both Default is None 3 Select the time from the Time 24 hour field that you want the update to take place Valid values are 00 00 to 23 30 in 30 minute increments ...

Страница 711: ... time parameters see Appendix A the section Configuration Server Settings on page A 17 4 Click to save your settings These changes are not dynamic You must restart your IP phone for the changes to take affect 5 Click on Operation Reset 6 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone and apply the update The update performs automatically at the time you designated Aastra Web UI Step Acti...

Страница 712: ......

Страница 713: ...s This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Troubleshooting page 9 3 Log Settings page 9 3 Module Debug Level Settings page 9 4 Support Information page 9 7 WatchDog Task Feature page 9 12 Troubleshooting Solutions page 9 15 Why does my phone display Application missing page 9 15 Why does my phone display the No Service message page 9 16 Why does my phone display Bad Encrypted Config pag...

Страница 714: ...leaes 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide How do I set the IP phone to factory default page 9 19 How do I erase the phone s local configuration page 9 20 How to reset a user s password page 9 21 How do I lock and unlock the phone page 9 23 Topic Page ...

Страница 715: ...d stack status including Free Memory and Maximum Memory Block Size Aastra Technical Support can then use the information gathered to perform troubleshooting tasks Log Settings Using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI you can specify the location for which to save files for troubleshooting purposes In the configuration files you use the following parameters to configure log settings log s...

Страница 716: ... allows enhanced severity filtering of log calls sent as blog output The blog as used on the IP phones is a an online debugging tool that can be frequently updated and intended for technical support analyzation Blogs are defined by their format a series of entries posted to a single page in reverse chronological order The IP Phone blogs are separated into modules which allow you to log specific in...

Страница 717: ...eyboard module log module kbd NET Network module log module net PROVIS Provisioning module log module provis RTPT Realtime Transport module log module rtpt SND Sound module log module snd PROF Profiler module log module prof XML Extension Markup Lanaguage log module xml STUN Simple Traversal of User Datagram Protocol UDP through Network Address Translation NAT log module stun Debug Level Value Fat...

Страница 718: ...is 48 log module net 48 log module snd 48 In the above example functions and general information are logged for the display drivers network and sound modules Example 3 log module rtpt 0 log module ind 65535 In the above example all debug levels are OFF for the Real Time Transport module All debug levels are ON for the indicator module You can set the Module Debug Levels using the configuration fil...

Страница 719: ...sary In the Support Information section you can Get local cfg Get server cfg Show Task and Stack Status Aastra Technical Support uses this support information for troubleshooting the IP phone when required Using the Aastra Web UI and selecting Show Task and Stack Status displays the tasks and stack status on the IP phone This screen also displays the Free Memory and the Max Block Free Memory curre...

Страница 720: ...orming Troubleshooting Tasks Use the following procedures to perform troubleshooting on the IP phone via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Log Settings on page A 233 ...

Страница 721: ... Settings Troubleshooting To set log settings 2 In the Log IP field enter the IP address of where you want log files to be stored 3 In the Log Port field enter the port number associated with the IP address specified in the Log IP field This port passes the information from the IP phone to the IP address location ...

Страница 722: ...s OFF for a module The value of 65535 turns all debug levels ON for a module To turn two or more debug levels on at the same time you add the value associated with each level For example Fatal Errors Errors Warnings 1 2 4 7 log module linemgr 7 log module user interface 7 log module sip 7 In the above example fatal errors general errors and warnings are logged for the line manager user interface a...

Страница 723: ...the local configuration file to the specified location click on in the Get local cfg field 13 To store the server configuration file to the specified location click on in the Get server cfg field 14 To display task and stack status information as well as Free Memory and Maximum Block Free Memory on the phone click on in the Show Task and Stack Status field Note The local and server configuration f...

Страница 724: ...d When the phone detects a failure i e a crash it automatically reboots You can view a WatchDog crash file using the Aastra Web UI at the path Advanced Settings Troubleshooting You can enable disable the WatchDog task using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Enabling Disabling WatchDog Use the following procedure to enable disable the WatchDog Configuration Files For specific parameters ...

Страница 725: ...Web UI You can also view the Crash Log generated by the WatchDog task using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Troubleshooting Enable Disable WatchDog Task 2 The WatchDog field is enabled by default To disable the WatchDog task click in the Enabled box to clear the check mark 3 Click to save your changes Enable Disable WatchDog View Crash Log ...

Страница 726: ...1 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide View the Crash Log 4 To view a crash log in the Get a Crash Log field click the SAVE AS button You can open the file immediately or you can save the Crash Log to your PC Aastra Web UI ...

Страница 727: ...so displays the following Recovery web client at IP Address The IP Address displayed is the IP address of the phone If the phone is unable to receive an IP from the DHCP server or has lost its record of its static IP the phone auto assigns itself the default IP 192 168 0 50 To recover the firmware for your phone in this circumstance please perform the following 1 Launch your web browser on your co...

Страница 728: ...f the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e line 1 line 2 etc then the register request is not sent the No Service message does not display and the message waiting indicator MWI does not come on Check that the Registrar Server IP address in the Aastra Web UI at Advanced Settings Global SIP is correct Check the sip registrar ip parameter in the configuration files is corre...

Страница 729: ...P address from the DHCP Server For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or qualified domain name for the TFTP server your DHCP server must support Option 66 Option 66 is responsible for forwarding the TFTP server IP address or domain name to the phone automatically If your DHCP server does not support Option 66 you must manually enter the IP address or qualified domain name for the TFTP s...

Страница 730: ...e UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Restart Phone 3 For 9143i 51i 53i Press to confirm Note To cancel the Restart press the 3 key For 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT Press Restart Note To cancel the Restart press Cancel Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Reset Phone 2 Click to restart the phone ...

Страница 731: ...r Password default is 22222 3 Select Factory Default 4 For 9143i 51i 53i The Restore Defaults prompt displays Press to confirm For 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT The Reset phone to factory defaults prompt displays Press Default to confirm Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation Reset Current Settings 2 In the Restore to Factory Defaults field click This restores all factory defaults and remo...

Страница 732: ...r your Administrator Password default is 22222 3 Select Erase Local Config 4 For 9143i 51i 53i The Erase local config prompt displays Press to confirm For 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT The Erase local config prompt displays Press Erase to confirm Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation Reset Current Settings 2 In the Remove Local Configuration Settings field click This removes the last cust...

Страница 733: ...ser password Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password with alpha characters the phone uses the default password instead 6 Press Enter 7 Re enter the new user password 8 Press Enter A message Password Changed displays on the screen Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation User Password 2 In the Current Password field enter the current user passwo...

Страница 734: ...leshooting Solutions 9 22 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Releaes 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide 4 In the Confirm Password field enter the new user password again 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Страница 735: ...ction Lock the phone 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Phone Lock The prompt Lock the phone displays 3 Press Lock to lock the phone Unlock the phone 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List The prompt To unlock the phone Password 2 Enter the user or administrator password and press Enter The phone unlocks ...

Страница 736: ...peration Phone Lock Lock the phone 2 In the Lock the Phone field click The phone locks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is locked Unlock the phone 3 Click on Operation Phone Lock 4 In the Unlock the Phone field click The phone unlocks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is unlocked ...

Страница 737: ... config cfg Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Setting Parameters in Configuration Files page A 5 Operational Basic and Advanced Parameters page A 6 Simplified IP Phone UI Options Menu page A 6 Network Settings page A 7 DHCP Option Settings page A 12 Password Settings page A 14 Emergency Dial Plan Settings page A 15 Aastra Web UI Settings page A 16 Configuration Server Set...

Страница 738: ... Live Dialpad Settings page A 61 SIP Local Dial Plan Settings page A 62 SIP Basic Global Settings page A 64 SIP Basic Per Line Settings page A 73 Centralized Conferencing Settings page A 84 HTTP HTTPS Authentication Support for Broadsoft CMS page A 86 Advanced SIP Settings page A 87 Missed Call Summary Subscription Settings page A 96 As Feature Event Subscription Settings page A 99 Transport Layer...

Страница 739: ...ey Mode Settings page A 146 Priority Alert Settings page A 147 Bellcore Cadence Settings page A 152 Language Settings page A 154 Language Pack Settings page A 156 Suppress DTMF Playback Setting page A 165 Display DTMF Digits Setting page A 166 Intercom Auto Answer and Barge In Settings page A 167 Group Paging RTP Settings page A 171 Audio Transmit and Receive Gain Adjustment Settings page A 172 Di...

Страница 740: ...ing page A 221 Update Caller ID Setting page A 221 Boot Sequence Recovery Mode Settings page A 222 Single Call Restriction Setting page A 223 Blacklist Duration Setting page A 224 Whitelist Proxy Setting page A 224 Polling Action URI Settings page A 225 XML Key Redirection Settings for Redial Xfer Conf Icom Voicemail page A 226 Options Key Redirection Setting Services key on 51i page A 228 Off Hoo...

Страница 741: ...figuration the changes are stored in a local configuration on the phone not on the server Configuration changes made to the mac cfg file override the configuration settings in the aastra cfg file Reference For information about configuration file precedence see Chapter 1 the section Configuration File Precedence on page 38 This section includes the following types of configurable parameters Operat...

Страница 742: ...le the full menu on the IP Phone UI Warning When using the simplified menu you cannot change the Network settings from the IP Phone UI If the network settings become misconfigured you must factory default the phone and use the full menu to recover the network settings from the Phone UI OR use the Aastra Web UI to configure the network settings Format Boolean Default Value 0 full options menu Range...

Страница 743: ... Address Subnet Mask Gateway Domain Name Servers DNS TFTP HTTP HTTP Port HTTPS HTTPS Port and FTP servers and Timer Servers Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or qualified domain name for the TFTP server your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format Integer Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example dhcp 1 Parameter ip Ip Address in Web UI IP phone UI Options A...

Страница 744: ...s parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address Default Value 255 255 255 0 Range Not Applicable Example subnet mask 255 255 255 224 Parameter default gateway Gateway in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The IP address of the network s...

Страница 745: ...n be resolved to their corresponding IP addresses Note For DHCP to automatically populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example dns1 192 168 0 5 Parameter dns2 Secondary DNS in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configurati...

Страница 746: ...Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 auto negotiate 1 full duplex 10Mbps 2 full duplex 100Mbps 3 half duplex 10Mbps 4 half duplex 100Mbps Example lan port 1 Parameter ethernet port 1 PC Port in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The send TX and receive RX method ...

Страница 747: ...anced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the PC port on the phone to be used for 802 1x authentication support Note For more information about configuring 802 1x support on the IP phones see 802 1x Support Settings on page A 104 Format Integer Default Value 1 enable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example pc port passthru enabled...

Страница 748: ...dress Range Up to 64 alpha numeric characters Note The value for this parameter can also be a fully qualified domain name Example hostname aastra4 Parameter dhcp userclass DHCP User Class in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings DHCP Settings DHCP User Class Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Description...

Страница 749: ... Menu Network Settings DHCP Settings Option Override Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Description The value specified for this parameter overrides the precedence order for determining a configuration server Note You must restart the IP Phone for this parameter to take affect Format Integer Default Value 0 None no override uses normal precedence order of 43 160 159 ...

Страница 750: ...sword instead Format Integer Default Value 22222 Range 0 to 4294967295 Example admin password 1234567890 Parameter user password Current Password in Web UI IP phone UI Options User Password Aastra Web UI Operation User Password Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to set a new user password for the IP phone Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If...

Страница 751: ... on the IP phones is 911 999 112 and 110 911 A United States emergency number 999 A United Kingdom emergency number 112 An international emergency telephone number for GSM mobile phone networks In all European Union countries it is also the emergency telephone number for both mobile and fixed line telephones 110 A police and or fire emergency number in Asia Europe Middle East and South America Not...

Страница 752: ...he user fails to enter the correct password in three attempts access to the Options Menu is denied and the IP phone returns to the idle screen Note The password to enter is the administrator password configured for that phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 false not password protected 1 true password protected Example options password enabled 1 Parameter web interface enabled Configuration...

Страница 753: ... UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings TFTP Server Primary TFTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The TFTP server s IP address or qualified domain name If DHCP is enabled and the DHCP server provides the information this field is automatically populated Use this parameter to change the IP address or domain n...

Страница 754: ...derX folderX For example ipphone 57i configfiles Format String Default Value N A Range Up to 64 alphanumeric characters Example tftp path configs tftp Parameter alternate tftp server Alternate TFTP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings TFTP Server Alternate TFTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The a...

Страница 755: ...ote Enter the path name in the form folderX folderX folderX For example ipphone 57i configfiles Format String Default Value N A Range Up to 64 alphanumeric characters Example alternate tftp path configs alternate Parameter use alternate tftp Use Alternate TFTP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings TFTP Server Select TFTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Ser...

Страница 756: ...ers for setting username and password Note For DHCP to automatically populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example ftp server 192 168 0 131 Parameter ftp path Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Settings IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Configuration Server F...

Страница 757: ...phone Note The IP Phones support usernames containing dots Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 63 alphanumeric characters Example ftp username 57iaastra Parameter ftp password FTP Password in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings FTP Server Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The password ...

Страница 758: ...P to automatically populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example http server 192 168 0 132 Parameter http path HTTP Path in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings HTTP Server Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg...

Страница 759: ...ge 1 through 65535 Example http port 1025 Parameter https server HTTPS Server in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings HTTPS HTTPS Client Download Server Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The HTTPS server s IP address This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the p...

Страница 760: ...ory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field Format dir dir dir Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 63 alphanumeric characters Example https path ipphones 55i Parameter https port HTTPS Port in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Configuration Server HTTPS Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Settings Configuration Files aastra...

Страница 761: ...ware automatically at the specified time if the files on the server have changed Notes 1 If a user is accessing the Aastra Web UI they are not informed of an auto reboot 2 Any changes made using the Aastra Web UI or the IP phone UI are not overwritten by an auto resync update Auto resync affects the configuration files only However the settings in the Aastra Web UI take precedence over the IP phon...

Страница 762: ...e in 30 minute increments only 4 When entering a value for this parameter using the configuration files the value can be entered using minute values from 00 to 59 for example the auto resync time can be entered as 02 56 5 Auto Resync adds up to 15 minutes random time to the configured time For example if the auto resync time parameter is set to 02 00 the event takes place any time between 02 00 an...

Страница 763: ...mac cfg Description IP address of the network device that enforces NAT Format IP Address Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip nat ip 192 245 2 1 Parameter sip nat port NAT SIP Port in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Port number of the network device that enforces ...

Страница 764: ... may close some ports for security reasons You may want to use this parameter to send RTP data using a different port Note The phones support decoding and playing out DTMF tones sent in SIP INFO requests The following DTMF tones are supported Support signals 0 9 Support durations up to 5 seconds Format Integer Default Value 51720 Range Not Applicable Example sip nat rtp port 51730 Parameter sip no...

Страница 765: ...roxy Format Integer Default Value 30 Range 0 to 2147483647 Example sip nortel nat timer 60 Parameter sip rport Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to enable 1 or disable 0 the use of Rport on the IP phone Rport in RFC 3581 allows a client to request that the server send the response back to the source IP ad...

Страница 766: ...use symmetric UDP signaling for outgoing UDP SIP messages When symmetric UDP is enabled the IP phone generates and listens for UDP messages using port 5060 If symmetric UDP signaling is disabled the phone sends from random ports but it listens on the configured SIP local port Example sip local port 5060 Parameter sip local tls port Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings C...

Страница 767: ...tions and their users on the Internet TLS is the successor to SSL SSL 3 0 Secure Socket Layer version 3 SSL 3 0 is a commonly used protocol for managing the security of a message transmission on the Internet Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value SSL 3 0 Range TLS 1 0 SSL 3 0 default Example https client method TLS 1 0 Parameter https redirect http get HTTPS Server Redirect HTTP to HTTPS in ...

Страница 768: ...m HTTP POSTs Some client applications use HTTP POSTs to transfer XML scripts The phones s HTTP server accepts these POSTs even if server redirection is enabled effectively bypassing the secure connection When this parameter is enabled blocking is enabled receipt of an HTTP POST containing an XML parameter header results in the following response 403 Forbidden This forces the client to direct the P...

Страница 769: ...disabled before upgrading to Release 2 3 of the IP Phones Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example https validate certificates 0 Parameter https validate expires Check Certificate Expiration in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Configuration Server HTTPS Settings Cert Validation Check Expires Aastra Web UI Advanced...

Страница 770: ...disabled 1 enabled Example https validate hostnames 0 Parameter https user certificates Trusted Certificates Filename in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network HTTPS Settings Description Specifies a file name for a PEM file located on the configuration server This file contains the User provided certificates in PEM format These certificates are used t...

Страница 771: ... the UPnP manager will not start Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example upnp manager 1 Parameter upnp gateway Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description IP address or fully qualified Domain Name of the Internet gateway or router This parameter stores the IP address of the gateway or router in the event that only non default UPnP gateways get discovered on the net...

Страница 772: ... feature to work UPnP must be enabled on the phone upnp manager and upnp gateway must be set Format Integer Default Value 0 UPnP is not mapped to a specific line Range 0 to 10 Example upnp mapping lines 5 This example indicates that line 5 allows UPnP mapping Parameter tagging enabled VLAN Enable in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings VLAN VLAN Enable Aastra Web UI Advan...

Страница 773: ... Format Integer Default Value 5 Range 0 to 7 Example priority non ip 7 Parameter vlan id VLAN ID for LAN Port in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings VLAN Phone VLAN ID Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network VLAN Port 0 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description VLAN is a feature on the IP phone that allows for multiple logical Ethernet interfaces to send outgoin...

Страница 774: ...ifferentiated Services Code Point DSCP setting for SIP tos sip parameter RTP tos rtp parameter and RTCP tos rtcp parameter It is the mapping between the DSCP value and the VLAN priority value for SIP RTP and RTCP packets You enter the tos priority map value as follows DSCP_1 Priority_1 DSCP_2 Priority_2 DSCP_64 Priority_64 where the DSCP value range is 0 63 and the priority range is 0 7 Mappings n...

Страница 775: ...d Advanced Parameters 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 A 39 The following table identifies the default DSCP to priority mapping structure DSCP Range DSCP Priority 0 7 0 8 15 1 16 23 2 24 31 3 32 39 4 40 47 5 48 55 6 56 63 7 ...

Страница 776: ... used to pass packets through to a PC via Port 1 Note If you set the VLAN id port 1 passthrough port to 4095 all untagged packets are sent to this port The following is an example of configuring the phone on a VLAN where all untagged packets are sent to the passthrough port Example You enable tagging on the phone port as normal but set the passthrough port VLAN id port 1 to 4095 The following exam...

Страница 777: ...P phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings VLAN Passthrough Priority Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network VLAN Port 1 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the priority value used for passing VLAN packets through to a PC via Port 1 Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 7 Example QoS eth port 1 priority 3 ...

Страница 778: ...rameter tos rtp RTP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Type of Service RTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Type of Service DSCP Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP for RTP packets Format Integer Default Value 46 Range 0 to 63 Example tos rtp 2 Parameter tos rtcp RTCP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Admi...

Страница 779: ...Server s Note For DHCP to automatically populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format Integer Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example time server disabled 0 Parameter time server1 Time Server 1 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The primary time server s IP addre...

Страница 780: ...sed to request the time from Format IP address or qualified domain name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example time server2 192 168 0 5 Parameter time server3 Time Server 3 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The tertiary time server s IP address or qualified domain name If the time server is ena...

Страница 781: ... for the 12 hour format and 1 for the 24 hour format Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 12 hr format 1 24 hr format Example time format 0 Parameter date format Date Format in Phone UI IP phone UI Options Time and Date Date Format Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This parameter allows the user to change the date to various formats Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 WWW MMM...

Страница 782: ...es disables the use of daylight savings time Format Integer Default Value 3 Range 0 OFF 1 30 min summertime 2 1 hr summertime 3 automatic Example dst config 0 Parameter time zone name Time Zone in Phone UI IP phone UI Options Time and Date Time Zone Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Assigns a time zone name to the time server Format Text Default Value US Eastern Range See Time Zon...

Страница 783: ... AU Broken Hill AU Brisbane AU Lindeman AU Adelaide AU Darwin AU Perth AW Aruba AZ Azerbaijan Baku CET GST AST AST CET AST ART BST CET LHS EST EST EST CST EST EST CST CST WST AST AZT BA Sarajevo BB Barbados BE Brussels BG Sofia BM Bermuda BO La Paz BR Noronha BR Belem BR Fortaleza BR Recife BR Araguaina BR Maceio BR Sao Paulo BR Cuiaba BR Porto Velho BR Boa Vista BR Manaus BR Eirunepe BR Rio Branc...

Страница 784: ... Nicosia CZ Prague NST AST EST EST CST MST PST PST CET CKS CLS EAS CST COS CST CST EES CET DE Berlin DK Copenhagen DM Dominica DO Santo Domingo CET CET AST AST EE Tallinn ES Madrid ES Canary EET CET WET FI Helsinki FJ Fiji FK Stanley FO Faeroe FR Paris EET NZT FKS WET CET GB London GB Belfast GD Grenada GE Georgia Tbilisi GF Cayenne GI Gibraltar GP Guadeloupe GR Athens GS South Georgia GT Guatemal...

Страница 785: ...t Lucia LI Vaduz LT Vilnius LU Luxembourg LV Riga AST CET EET CET EET MC Monaco MD Chisinau MK Skopje MQ Martinique MS Montserrat MT Malta MU Mauritius MX Mexico City MX Cancun MX Merida MX Monterrey MX Mazatlan MX Chihuahua MX Hermosillo MX Tijuana CET EET CET AST AST CET MUT CST CST CST CST MST MST MST PST NI Managua NL Amsterdam NO Oslo NR Nauru NU Niue NZ Auckland NZ Chatham CST CET CET NRT NU...

Страница 786: ...osibirsk RU Krasnoyarsk RU Irkutsk RU Yakutsk RU Vladivostok RU Sakhalin RU Magadan RU Kamchatka RU Anadyr EET EET MSK SAM YEK OMS NOV KRA IRK YAK VLA SAK MAG PET ANA SE Stockholm SG Singapore SI Ljubljana SK Bratislava SM San Marino SR Paramaribo SV El Salvador CET SGT CET CET CET SRT CST TR Istanbul TT Port of Spain TW Taipei EET AST CST UA Kiev US Eastern US Central US Mountain US Pacific US Al...

Страница 787: ... can be positive West of the Prime Meridian or negative East of the Prim Meridian Eastern Standard Time EST has a value of 300 Format Integer Default Value N A Range Any positive or negative Integer Example time zone minutes 300 Parameter dst minutes Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The number of minutes to add during Daylight Saving Time Valid values are a positive integer betwe...

Страница 788: ...nd week parameters absolute 0 or relative 1 Format Boolean Default Value N A Range 0 absolute 1 relative Example dst start end relative date 1 Parameter dst start month Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The month that DST starts Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 Se...

Страница 789: ...onth Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The month that DST ends Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December Example dst end month 6 ...

Страница 790: ...N A Range 1 to 31 Example dst start day 1 Parameter dst end day Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The day of the month that DST ends Valid values are 1 to 31 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 to 31 Example dst end day 31 Parameter dst start hour Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The hour that DST starts Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 Form...

Страница 791: ... 0 midnight to 23 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 0 midnight to 23 Example dst end hour 23 Parameter dst start month Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The month that DST starts Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December Ex...

Страница 792: ...eter dst end month Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The month that DST ends Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December Example dst end month 12 ...

Страница 793: ...ek of month 4 fourth full week of month 4 last full week of month 5 fifth full week of month 5 last full week of month Example dst start week 1 Parameter dst end week Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The week in the specified month in which DST ends Valid value is a positive or negative integer from 1 to 5 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 first full week of month 1 last f...

Страница 794: ... an integer from 1 to 7 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 Sunday 2 Monday 3 Tuesday 4 Wednesday 5 Thursday 6 Friday 7 Saturday Example dst start day 1 Parameter dst end day Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The day of the specified week in the specified month that DST ends on Valid values are an integer from 1 to 7 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 Sunday 2 Monday 3 ...

Страница 795: ... DST starts Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 0 midnight to 23 Example dst start hour 0 Parameter dst end hour Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The hour that DST ends Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 0 midnight to 23 Example dst end hour 23 ...

Страница 796: ...ighting after a period of inactivity Format Integer Default Value On Range 0 On Turns the backlight on constant 1 Off Turns the backlight off constant 2 Auto Turns the backlight off after a period of inactivity Example backlight mode 2 Parameter bl on time Backllight On Time in Phone UI IP phone UI Options Preferences Display Backlight Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you ...

Страница 797: ...tra cfg mac cfg Description Turns the Live Dialpad feature ON or OFF With live dial pad ON the IP phone automatically dials out and turns ON Handsfree mode as soon as a dial pad key or softkey is pressed With live dial pad OFF if you dial a number while the phone is on hook lifting the receiver or pressing the initiates a call to that number Format Boolean Default Value 0 Off Range 0 Off 1 On Exam...

Страница 798: ...eptable symbols For example 2 8 open close quotes In the configuration files enter the sip dial plan value using quotes Used when a secondary dial tone is required on the phone For example 9 xxxxxx when a user has to dial 9 to get and outside line and needs a secondary dial tone presented Note You can configure prefix dialing by adding a prepend digit to the dial string For example if you add a pr...

Страница 799: ...set or after to finish dialing the number on the keypad before making the call Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 Disable 1 Enable Example sip dial plan terminator 1 Parameter sip digit timeout Digit Timeout in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Represents the time in seconds between consecutive key presses on the IP phone The def...

Страница 800: ...e Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip screen name Joe Smith Parameter sip screen name 2 Screen Name 2 in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Used to display text on a second line on the screen of the phone Notes 1 If other status messages display on the p...

Страница 801: ...s containing dots Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip user name 1010 Parameter sip display name Caller ID in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Used in the display name field of the From SIP header field Som...

Страница 802: ...ield of the Authorization header field of the SIP REGISTER request Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip auth name 5553456 Parameter sip password Password in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The password tha...

Страница 803: ...1010 Parameter sip mode Line mode in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to configure the mode of the line Applicable values are Generic Normal line BroadSoft SCA Shared Call Line Appearances SCA line for BroadWorks network call activity can go to more than one phone Nortel Conference line for Nortel Net...

Страница 804: ...he IP phone uses to send all SIP requests A SIP proxy is a server that initiates and forwards requests generated by the IP phone to the targeted user Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not applicable Example sip proxy ip 192 168 0 101 Parameter sip proxy port Proxy Port in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Se...

Страница 805: ...stra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The backup proxy s port number Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip backup proxy port 5060 Parameter sip outbound proxy outbound proxy server in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cf...

Страница 806: ...tra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The address of the registrar for which the IP phone uses to send REGISTER requests A SIP registrar is a server that maintains the location information of the IP phone A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip addres...

Страница 807: ... Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The address of the backup registrar typically the backup SIP proxy for which the IP phone uses to send REGISTER requests if the primary registrar is unavailable A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables backup registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the backup registrar IP addres...

Страница 808: ...n The backup registrar s typically the backup SIP proxy port number Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip backup registrar port 5060 Parameter sip registration period Registration Period in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The requested registration period in seconds from the re...

Страница 809: ...mat Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip line1 screen name Joe Smith Parameter sip lineN screen name 2 Screen Name 2 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Used to display text on a second line on the screen of the phone Notes 1 If other status messages display on the phone such as N...

Страница 810: ...for the sip lineN bla number parameter on page A 76 Note The IP Phones support Usernames containing dots Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip line1 user name 1010 Parameter sip lineN display name Caller ID in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Used in the display name field o...

Страница 811: ...ation header field of the SIP REGISTER request Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip line1 auth name 5553456 Parameter sip lineN password Password in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The password that will be used to register at the registrar Format Text Default Value Not Ap...

Страница 812: ...A feature on an ININ server the value set for the sip lineN bla number parameter shall be the same value set for the sip lineN user name parameter without the incremented digit added to the phone For example if the sip lineN user name for the first phone is 10101 and the sip lineN user name for the second phone is 10102 etc you would configure BLA on a per line basis for the ININ server as follows...

Страница 813: ...t SCA Shared Call Line Appearances SCA line for BroadWorks network call activity can go to more than one phone Nortel Conference line for Nortel Networks private all call activity goes to one phone BLA Bridged Line Appearance BLA line If the softkeys on the 57i 57i CT or the programmable keys on the 53i are set as line keys and you configure that line key for BLA the key is configured to use BLA F...

Страница 814: ... phone uses to send all SIP requests A SIP proxy is a server that initiates and forwards requests generated by the IP phone to the targeted user Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not applicable Example sip line1 proxy ip 192 168 0 101 Parameter sip lineN proxy port Proxy Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aast...

Страница 815: ... which the IP phone uses when the primary SIP proxy is unavailable Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip line1 backup proxy ip 192 168 0 102 Parameter sip linex backup proxy port Backup Proxy Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The backup proxy s port number...

Страница 816: ...erver For example if you have a Session Border Controller in your network then you would normally set its address here Format IP Address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip outbound proxy 10 42 23 13 Parameter sip lineN outbound proxy port Outbound Proxy Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac...

Страница 817: ...at maintains the location information of the IP phone A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e line 1 line 2 etc then the register request is not sent the No Service message does not display and the message waiting indicator MWI doe...

Страница 818: ...uration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The address of the backup registrar typically the backup SIP proxy for which the IP phone uses to send REGISTER requests if the primary registrar is unavailable A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables backup registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the backup registrar IP address is set to 0 0 ...

Страница 819: ...p registrar s typically the backup SIP proxy port number Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip line1 backup registrar port 5060 Parameter sip lineN registration period Registration Period in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The requested registration period in seconds from the registrar Format Integer ...

Страница 820: ...g then do one of the following actions If you have specified a proxy server registrar server then to reach the media server via the proxy server set this field to one of the following conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port For example if the proxy server address is 206 229 26 60 and the proxy port used is ...

Страница 821: ...ng actions If you have specified a proxy server registrar server then to reach the media server via the proxy server set this field to one of the following conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port For example if the proxy server address is 206 229 26 60 and the proxy port used is 10060 then by setting this p...

Страница 822: ...main 2 You must reboot the phone after setting the HTTP HTTPS digest authentication parameters Format String Default Value N A Range Up to 40 alphanumeric characters Example http digest username mysuername Parameter http digest password Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the password to use for HTTP HTTPS digest authentication The server uses this password for authenticat...

Страница 823: ...e 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example http digest force login 1 Parameter sip explicit mwi subscription Explicit MWI Subscription in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description If the IP phone has a message waiting subscription with the Service Provider a Message Waiting Indicator MWI LED or display icon tells th...

Страница 824: ...hone re subscribes to MWI before the subscription period ends Format Integer Default Value 86400 Range 30 214748364 Example sip explicit mwi subscription period 30 Parameter sip send mac Send MAC Address in REGISTER Message in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Adds an Aastra Mac header to the SIP REGISTER mess...

Страница 825: ...he MAC address of the phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip send line 1 Parameter sip session timer Session Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The time in seconds that the IP phone uses to send periodic re INVITE requests to keep a session alive The proxy ...

Страница 826: ... estimate in milliseconds of the round trip time RTT Format Integer Default Value 500 Range Not Applicable Example sip T1 timer 600 Parameter sip T2 timer T2 Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This timer is a SIP transaction layer timer defined in RFC 3261 Timer 2 represents the amount of time in milli...

Страница 827: ...Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The amount of time in milliseconds that the phone allows the callserver registrar proxy to respond to SIP messages that it sends If the phone does not receive a response in the amount of time designated for this parameter the phone assumes the message has timed out Format Integer Default Value 4000 Range 4000 to 64000 Example sip transaction timer...

Страница 828: ...ed the phone uses Persistent TLS on the connection If sips persistent tls is disabled then the phone uses TLS on the connection If TLS is used you must specify the Root and Intermediate Certificates the Local Certificate the Private Key and the Trusted Certificates 2 If the phone uses Persistent TLS you MUST specify the Trusted Certificates the Root and Intermediate Certificates the Local Certific...

Страница 829: ...er Default Value 1800 30 minutes Range 30 to 1800 Example sip registration retry timer 30 Parameter sip registration timeout retry timer Registration Timeout Retry Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the length of time in seconds that the phone waits until it re attempts to register after a RE...

Страница 830: ...sent to the registrar to renew the registration Format Integer Default Value 15 Range 0 to 214748364 The value set for this parameter should be between 0 and the value set for the registration period Example sip registration renewal timer 10 Parameter sip blf subscription period BLF Subscription Period in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files a...

Страница 831: ...mum value Example sip acd subscription period 2000 Parameter sip bla subscription period BLA Subscription Period in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Description Specifies the amount of time in seconds that the phone waits to receive a BLA subscribe message from the server If you specify zero 0 the phone uses the value sp...

Страница 832: ...the server to be incremented in the missed calls indicator on the phone it was initially directed to For example phones A B and C are connected to the server You configure the server to direct calls coming into phone B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls sip missed call summary subscription parameter phone B receives notification from the server that the ca...

Страница 833: ...cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the amount of time in seconds that the phone uses the Missed Calls Summary Subscription feature This parameter is always enabled with a default value of 86400 seconds When the phone reaches the limit set for this parameter it sends the subscription again To disable this parameter leave the field blank or set the field to zero 0 Format Integer Default Value 86400 R...

Страница 834: ...ator on the phone it was initially directed to For example phones A B and C are connected to the server You configure the server to direct calls coming into phone B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls phone B the server forwards the call to phone C If you enable the sip missed call summary subscription parameter phone B receives notification from the server...

Страница 835: ...or ACD features Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example sip line1 as feature event subscription 1 Parameter sip as feature event subscription period Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the amount of time in seconds between resubscribing If the phone does not resubscribe in the tim...

Страница 836: ...ng the registration of the phone If the phones are set to use Persistent TLS and a call is made from the phone this call and all subsequent calls use the same authenticated connection This significantly reduces the delay time when placing a call Notes 1 Persistent TLS requires the outbound proxy server and outbound proxy port parameters be configured in either the configuration files or the Aastra...

Страница 837: ...ficate and zero or more intermediate certificates which must be placed in order of certificate signing with root certificate being the first in the file If the local certificate is signed by some well known certificate authority then that authority provides the user with the Root and Intermediate Certificate files most likely just CA root certificate This parameter is required when configuring TLS...

Страница 838: ...ertificate files to use on your IP phone contact Aastra Technical Support Format file name pem Default Value N A Range N A Example sips local certificate phonesLocalCert pem Parameter sips private key Private Key Filename in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings TLS Support Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to specify a Private Key file to use when the phone uses the T...

Страница 839: ... phone s trusted list must contain the CA root certificates for all the servers it is connecting to For example if the phone is connecting to server A which has a certificate signed by CA1 and server B which has a certificate signed by CA2 the phone must have CA1 root certificate and CA2 root certificate in its Trusted Certificate file This parameter is required when configuring TLS or Persistent ...

Страница 840: ...ion files For EAP MD5 use eap type identity md5 password pc port passthrough enabled For EAP TLS use eap type identity 802 1x root and intermediate certificates use 1 root and 0 or 1 intermediate certificates 802 1x local certificate use 1 local certificate 802 1x private key 1 private key that corresponds to local certificate 802 1x trusted certificates 0 or more trusted certificates a maximum of...

Страница 841: ...les the PC port on the phone to be used for 802 1x authentication support Format Integer Default Value 1 enable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example pc port passthru enabled 1 Parameter eap type EAP Type in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Ethernet Link 802 1x Settings 802 1x Mode Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings 802 1x Support General Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cf...

Страница 842: ...the path Advanced Settings 802 1x Support General Identity Format String Default Value N A Range N A Example identity phone1 Parameter md5 password MD5 Password in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Ethernet Link 802 1x Settings EAP MD5 Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings 802 1x Support EAP MD5 Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies t...

Страница 843: ... that contains the root and intermediate certificates related to the local certificate Format String Default Value N A Range N A Example 802 1x root and intermediate certificates filename pem Parameter 802 1x local certificate Local Certificate in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings 802 1x Support EAP TLS Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the file name that c...

Страница 844: ...Specifies the file name that contains the private key Format String Default Value ANDN A Range N A Example 802 1x private key filename pem Parameter 802 1x trusted certificates Trusted Certificates in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings 802 1x Support EAP TLS Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the file name that contains the trusted certificates Format String ...

Страница 845: ...rough which the RTP packets are sent This value must specify the beginning of the RTP port range on the gateway or router The RTP port is used for sending DTMF tones and for the audio stream Your network administrator may close some ports for security reasons You may want to use this parameter to send RTP data using a different port Note The phones support decoding and playing out DTMF tones sent ...

Страница 846: ...phone to use the basic Codecs when sending receiving RTP packets Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 Disable 1 Enable Example sip use basic codecs 1 Parameter sip out of band dtmf Force RFC2833 Out of Band DTMF in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables out of band DTMF Enabling this parameter forces t...

Страница 847: ...icolon separated values Default Value Not Applicable Range Valid values for the syntax are payload 0 for G 711 m Law 8 for G 711 a Law 18 for G 729a ptime in milliseconds 5 10 15 20 90 silsupp on off Example sip customized codec payload 8 ptime 10 silsupp on payload 0 ptime 10 silsupp off Parameter sip dtmf method DTMF Method in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings Config...

Страница 848: ...en SRTP calls only are generated accepted Format Integer Default Value 0 SRTP Disabled Range 0 SRTP Disabled 1 SRTP Preferred 2 SRTP Only Example sip srtp mode 1 Parameter sip silence suppression Silence Suppression in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Silence suppression is enabled by default on the IP phones The phon...

Страница 849: ...lt Value 0 RTP Range 0 RTP 1 SIP INFO 2 BOTH Example sip line1 dtmf method 1 Parameter sip lineN srtp mode Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 9 RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This parameter determines if SRTP is enabled on this line as follows If set to 1 then use the global setting for this line This is the default setting If set to 0 then disable SRTP If set ...

Страница 850: ...r in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Autodial Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Globally specifies the SIP phone number that the IP phone autodials when the handset is lifted from the phone cradle An empty blank value disables autodial on the phone Format Integer Default Value Blank Range Any valid SIP number Examples sip autodial number 8500 ...

Страница 851: ...fied number of seconds before dialing the preconfigured number warmline when you lift the handset Default is 0 hotline Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 120 Examples sip autodial timeout 30 Parameter sip lineN autodial number Autodial Number in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings LineN Autodial Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description On a per line basis this paramete...

Страница 852: ...ies the time in seconds that the phone waits to dial a preconfigured number after the handset is lifted from the IP phone cradle If this parameter is set to 0 hotline the phone immediately dials a preconfigured number when you lift the handset If this parameter is set to a value greater than 0 the phone waits the specified number of seconds before dialing the preconfigured number warmline when you...

Страница 853: ...ails Note The phone must have a registered voicemail account from a server for this feature to be enabled When no registered voicemail accounts are registered to the phone the display shows List Empty The phone displays up to 99 voicemails for an account even if the number of voicemails exceeds the limit Registered account numbers URIs that exceed the length of the screen either with or without th...

Страница 854: ... you can download from the configuration server Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example directory 1 companylist csv Parameter directory 2 Directory List in Web UI Aastra Web UI Operation Directory Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The name of a directory list that you can download from the configuration server Format Alphanumeric ch...

Страница 855: ...ption is also removed from the Services menu Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example directory disabled 1 Parameter callers list disabled Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the Callers List If this parameter is set to 0 the Callers List can be accessed by all users If this parameter is set to 1 the IP phone does not save any caller info...

Страница 856: ... overrides the standard function of the Services key Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value N A Range N A Example services script http 10 50 100 234 test xml Parameter callers list script Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to specify a specific URI for accessing the Callers List after pressing the Callers List key When this parameter is set it overrides the standar...

Страница 857: ...Enables or disables the ability to configure Call Forwarding If this parameter is set to 0 a user and administrator can configure Call Forwarding via the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI using the Call Forward options If this parameter is set to 1 all Call Forward options are removed from the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI preventing the ability to configure Call Forwarding Format Boolean Defa...

Страница 858: ...l account the changes apply to all accounts on the phone custom The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific mode All Busy and or No Answer for each account independently or all accounts On the 9143i 51i and 53i phones you can set all accounts to ALL On or ALL Off On the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT you can set all accounts t...

Страница 859: ...the CFWD key mode in the configuration files call forward key mode 2 softkey1 type call forward softkey1 states idle connected incoming outgoing busy In the above example softkey 1 is configured for CFWD on line 1 account 1 with a custom configuration Pressing softkey 1 displays CFWD screens for which you can customize on the phone ...

Страница 860: ...s Description Enables or disables Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices LLDP MED on the IP Phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example lldp 0 Parameter lldp interval LLDP Packet Interval in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Description The amount of time in seconds b...

Страница 861: ...I Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Description Enables or disables the use of an Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN received from LLDP as a caller ID for emergency numbers Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example use lldp elin 0 ...

Страница 862: ...on Enables or disables the Missed Calls Indicator If the missed calls indicator disabled parame ter is set to 0 the indicator increments as unanswered calls come into the IP phone If the missed calls indicator disabled parameter is set to 1 the indicator is disabled and will NOT increment as unanswered calls come into the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example m...

Страница 863: ... is rebooted If you enter a value greater than 0 for this parameter the phone times out and will not be blocked Format Integer Default Value 0 never timeout Range 0 to 214748364 seconds Example xml get timeout 20 Parameter xml application URI XML Application URI in Web UI Aastra Web UI Operation Softkeys and XML Services Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This is the XML applicatio...

Страница 864: ...le if you are loading a traffic report XML application you could change this parameter title to Traffic Reports and that title will display in the IP phone UI as Services 4 Traffic Reports Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example xml application title Traffic Reports Parameter xml application post list XML Push Server List Approved IP Addresses in We...

Страница 865: ...ely Format Boolean Default Value 1 ON Range 0 OFF No beep is audible even if the beep attribute is present in the XML object 1 ON The phone beeps when an XML object with the beep attribute arrives to the phone Example xml beep notification 0 Parameter xml status scroll delay Status Scroll Delay seconds in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Descri...

Страница 866: ...50 10 140 startup Parameter action uri registered Successful Registration in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when a successful registration event occurs This parameter can use the following variables SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP Note The action uri regi...

Страница 867: ...ormat Fully qualified URI Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 128 ASCII characters Example action uri incoming http 10 50 10 140 incoming php number REMOTENUMBER Parameter action uri outgoing Outgoing Call in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an outgoing call event o...

Страница 868: ...o 128 ASCII characters Example action uri offhook http 10 50 10 140 offhook Parameter action uri onhook Onhook in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an onhook event occurs This parameter can use the following variable LOCALIP CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION LINESTATE Note The L...

Страница 869: ...fg Description Specifies the URI that the phone executes a GET on when it transitions from the incoming outgoing calling or connected state into the idle state This parameter uses the following variable to determine the state of the line LINESTATE Format String Default Value No Applicable Range Any valid URI Example action uri disconnected http fargo ana aastra com disconnected xml state LINESTATE...

Страница 870: ...elist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist i e untrusted server the phone rejects the message Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip xml notify event 1 Parameter action uri xml sip notify Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Sp...

Страница 871: ...eferences Ring Tones Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Globally sets the type of ring tone on the IP phone Ring tone can be set to one of six distinct rings Format Integer Default Value Aastra Web UI Tone 1 IP Phone UI Tone 1 Configuration Files 0 Tone 1 Range Aastra Web UI IP Phone UI Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Configuration Files 0 Tone 1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone 3 3 Tone ...

Страница 872: ...I IP Phone UI Options Tones Tone Set Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Ring Tones Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Globally sets a tone set for a specific country Format Text Default Value US Range Australia Europe generic tones France Germany Italy Mexico United Kingdom UK US also used in Canada Example tone set Germany ...

Страница 873: ...g Description Sets the type of ring tone on the IP phone on a per line basis Ring tone can be set to one of six distinct rings Note LineN is applicable to lines 1 through 9 Not applicable to the 51i Format Integer Default Value Aastra Web UI Global Configuration Files 1 Global Range Aastra Web UI Global Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Configuration Files 1 Global 0 Tone 1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone...

Страница 874: ...d the number you were dialling continues to display in the LCD The phones sends the incoming call to a free line on the phone or sends busy signal if all remaining lines are busy and the LED for that line blinks You have a choice to ignore the incoming call or answer the incoming call on another line via the Ignore and Answer softkeys that display If you choose to answer the incoming call you can ...

Страница 875: ...g in config files is enabled and you are dialing an outgoing Intercom call the enabled interrupt setting takes precedence over an enabled Allow Barge In setting The incoming call interrupts your dialing on an outgoing intercom call On an incoming intercom call the enabled Allow Barge In and Auto Answer occurs while you are dialing to transfer or conference the call However the incoming call goes t...

Страница 876: ...eter switch focus to ringing line Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies whether or not the UI focus is switched to a ringing line while the phone is in the connected state Format Boolean Default Value 1 enable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example switch focus to ringing line 1 ...

Страница 877: ...Value 1 Range 0 none disables the preferred line focus feature 1 to 9 Example preferred line 2 Parameter preferred line timeout Preferred Line Timeout seconds in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Description Specifies the time in seconds that the phone switches back to the preferred line after a call incoming or outgoing ends on the phon...

Страница 878: ... up the active call For the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT If you enable this parameter and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present the phone displays softkey 1 as answer and softkey 2 as ignore You can press the required softkey as applicable For the 9143i 51i 53i If you enable this parameter and the phone receives another call when an active call is already pres...

Страница 879: ...isabled Stuttered Dial Tone in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enable or disables the playing of a stuttered dial tone when there is a message waiting on the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example stuttered disabled 1 ...

Страница 880: ... busy unless Call Forward Busy or Call Forward No Answer and Busy is configured on the phone It will then forward the call according to the rule configured The phone can only transfer the currently active call or accept transferred calls if there is no active calls If call waiting is disabled on the 57i CT base and the handset is currently on a call all additional incoming calls are rejected on th...

Страница 881: ...iting tone 0 Parameter mwi led line Message Waiting Indicator Line in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to enable the Message Waiting Indicator MWI on a single line or on all lines on the phone For example if you set this parameter to 3 the LED illuminates if a voice mail is pending on line 3 If you set this parame...

Страница 882: ...disturb DND account Sets DND for a specific account DND key toggles the account in focus on the IP Phone UI to ON or OFF phone Sets DND ON for all accounts on the phone DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn DND ON for a...

Страница 883: ...ing calls Format Boolean Default Value 1 true Range 0 false 1 true Example priority alerting enabled 0 Parameter alert auto call distribution auto call distribution in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description When an alert acd keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone is...

Страница 884: ...ault Value 0 Normal ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert community 1 3 Parameter alert community 2 community 2 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description When an alert community 2 keyword appears in the header of the INVITE reque...

Страница 885: ...rmal ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert community 3 1 Parameter alert community 4 community 4 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description When an alert community 4 keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configur...

Страница 886: ...fault Value 0 Normal ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert external 4 Parameter alert emergency alert emergency in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description When an alert emergency keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request...

Страница 887: ...l ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert group 4 Parameter alert internal alert internal in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description When an alert internal keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ...

Страница 888: ...er of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone is applied to the IP phone Format Integer Default Value 0 Normal ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert priority 4 Parameter bellcore cadence dr2 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Sets the cadence for Bellcore dr2 Note You can define up to 8...

Страница 889: ...rameter bellcore cadence dr4 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Sets the cadence for Bellcore dr4 Note You can define up to 8 cadence rings The value of 1 indicates do not repeat Format Integer Default Value 300 200 1000 200 300 4000 Range N A Example bellcore cadence dr4 300 200 1000 200 300 300 200 4000 Parameter bellcore cadence dr5 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Descrip...

Страница 890: ...the Aastra Web UI Valid values for 9143i 9480i 51i 53i 55i 57i are 0 English 1 French 2 Spanish 3 German 4 Italian Valid values for 9480i CT and 57i CT cordless handsets are 0 English 1 French 2 Spanish Note All languages may not be available for selection The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded to the IP phone For more information about loading language packs ...

Страница 891: ...g Description Allows you to specify the language to use for inputs on the IP Phone Entering a language value for this parameter allows users to enter text and characters in the IP Phone UI Aastra Web UI and in XML applications via the keypad on the phone in the language s specified Format Text Default Value English Range Valid values are English French Français German Deutsch Italian Italiano Span...

Страница 892: ...ench lang_fr_ca txt Canadian French lang_it txt Italian Notes 1 The languages packs you load are dependant on available language packs from the configuration server For more information about loading language packs see Loading Language Packs on page 30 2 You must reboot the phone to load a language pack Format lang_ ISO 639 _ ISO 3166 txt or lang_ ISO 639 txt Note For valid values for ISO 639 and ...

Страница 893: ...des to use for the IP phone language packs Country Codes from Standard ISO 3166 Language Language Code English en European French fr French Canadian fr_ca European Spanish es Mexican Spanish es_mx German de Italian it Country Country Code AFGHANISTAN ÅLAND ISLANDS ALBANIA ALGERIA AMERICAN SAMOA ANDORRA ANGOLA ANGUILLA ANTARCTICA ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA ARGENTINA ARMENIA ARUBA AUSTRALIA AUSTRIA AZERBAI...

Страница 894: ...N TERRITORY BRUNEI DARUSSALAM BULGARIA BURKINA FASO BURUNDI BS BH BD BB BY BE BZ BJ BM BT BO BA BW BV BR IO BN BG BF BI CAMBODIA CAMEROON CANADA CAPE VERDE CAYMAN ISLANDS CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC CHAD CHILE CHINA CHRISTMAS ISLAND COCOS KEELING ISLANDS COLOMBIA COMOROS CONGO CONGO THE DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE COOK ISLANDS COSTA RICA CÔTE D IVOIRE CROATIA CUBA CYPRUS CZECH REPUBLIC KH CM CA CV KY ...

Страница 895: ...DS MALVINAS FAROE ISLANDS FIJI FINLAND FRANCE FRENCH GUIANA FRENCH POLYNESIA FRENCH SOUTHERN TERRITORIES FK FO FJ FI FR GF PF TF GABON GAMBIA GEORGIA GERMANY GHANA GIBRALTAR GREECE GREENLAND GRENADA GUADELOUPE GUAM GUATEMALA GUERNSEY GUINEA GUINEA BISSAU GUYANA GA GM GE DE GH GI GR GL GD GP GU GT GG GN GW GY HAITI HEARD ISLAND AND MCDONALD ISLANDS HOLY SEE VATICAN CITY STATE HONDURAS HONG KONG HUN...

Страница 896: ...OF MAN ISRAEL ITALY IS IN ID IR IQ IE IM IL IT JAMAICA JAPAN JERSEY JORDAN JM JP JE JO KAZAKHSTAN KENYA KIRIBATI KOREA DEMOCRATIC PEOPLE S REPUBLIC OF KOREA REPUBLIC OF KUWAIT KYRGYZSTAN KZ KE KI KP KR KW KG LAO PEOPLE S DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC LATVIA LEBANON LESOTHO LIBERIA LIBYAN ARAB JAMAHIRIYA LIECHTENSTEIN LITHUANIA LUXEMBOURG LA LV LB LS LR LY LI LT LU Country Country Code ...

Страница 897: ...MAYOTTE MEXICO MICRONESIA FEDERATED STATES OF MOLDOVA REPUBLIC OF MONACO MONGOLIA MONTENEGRO MONTSERRAT MOROCCO MOZAMBIQUE MYANMAR MO MK MG MW MY MV ML MT MH MQ MR MU YT MX FM MD MC MN ME MS MA MZ MM NAMIBIA NAURU NEPAL NETHERLANDS NETHERLANDS ANTILLES NEW CALEDONIA NEW ZEALAND NICARAGUA NIGER NIGERIA NIUE NORFOLK ISLAND NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS NORWAY NA NR NP NL AN NC NZ NI NE NG NU NF MP NO OMA...

Страница 898: ...IP Phone Administrator Guide PAKISTAN PALAU PALESTINIAN TERRITORY OCCUPIED PANAMA PAPUA NEW GUINEA PARAGUAY PERU PHILIPPINES PITCAIRN POLAND PORTUGAL PUERTO RICO PK PW PS PA PG PY PE PH PN PL PT PR QATAR QA RÉUNION ROMANIA RUSSIAN FEDERATION RWANDA RE RO RU RW Country Country Code ...

Страница 899: ...N ISLANDS SOMALIA SOUTH AFRICA SOUTH GEORGIA AND THE SOUTH SANDWICH ISLANDS SPAIN SRI LANKA SUDAN SURINAME SVALBARD AND JAN MAYEN SWAZILAND SWEDEN SWITZERLAND SYRIAN ARAB REPUBLIC SH KN LC PM VC WS SM ST SA SN RS SC SL SG SK SI SB SO ZA GS ES LK SD SR SJ SZ SE CH SY TAIWAN PROVINCE OF CHINA TAJIKISTAN TANZANIA UNITED REPUBLIC OF THAILAND TIMOR LESTE TOGO TOKELAU TONGA TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO TUNISIA T...

Страница 900: ...INGDOM UNITED STATES UNITED STATES MINOR OUTLYING ISLANDS URUGUAY UZBEKISTAN UG TA AE GB US TM UY UZ VANUATU Vatican City State VENEZUELA VIET NAM VIRGIN ISLANDS BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS U S VU see HOLY SEE VE VN VG VI WALLIS AND FUTUNA WESTERN SAHARA WF EH YEMEN YE Zaire ZAMBIA ZIMBABWE see CONGO THE DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE ZM ZW Country Country Code ...

Страница 901: ...a number is dialed from the softkeys or programmable keys When you disable the suppression of DTMF playback and you press a softkey or programmable key the IP phone dials the stored number and displays each digit as dialed in the LCD window When you enable the suppression of DTMF playback the IP phone dials the stored number and displays the entire number immediately in the LCD window allowing the...

Страница 902: ...he phone to the network that you generate when you press the phone s touch keys This is also known as touchtone dialing Each key you press on your phone generates two tones of specific frequencies One tone is generated from a high frequency group of tones and the other from a low frequency group If enabled this parameter displays the digits on the IP phone display if you are dialing from the keypa...

Страница 903: ...rences Outgoing Intercom Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Determines whether the IP phone or the server is responsible for notifying the recipient that an Intercom call is being placed Format Integer Default Value For Aastra Web UI Off For Configuration Files 3 Off Range For Aastra Web UI Phone Side Server Side Off For Configuration Files 1 Phone Side 2 Server Side 3 Off...

Страница 904: ...ylantro servers Format String Default Value N A Range N A Example sip intercom prefix code 96 Parameter sip intercom line Line in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Outgoing Intercom Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the line for which the IP phone uses the configuration from when making the Intercom call The IP phone uses the first available line f...

Страница 905: ... intercom call If auto answer is disabled the phone rejects the incoming intercom call and sends a busy signal to the caller Format Boolean Default Value 1 true Range 0 false do not allow auto answer 1 true allow auto answer Example sip allow auto answer 0 Parameter sip intercom mute mic Microphone Mute in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Incoming Intercom Settings Configuration Fil...

Страница 906: ...ge In in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Incoming Intercom Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enable or disables how the phone handles incoming intercom calls while the phone is on an active call When you enable this parameter 1 enable which is the default value an incoming intercom call takes precedence over any active call by placing the active call on ho...

Страница 907: ...1 softkey1 value 224 0 0 2 10000 239 0 1 20 15000 Parameter paging addr list Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Group Paging RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the multicast address es and the port on which the phone listens for incoming multicast RTP packets Note If this field is blank Paging listening capability is disabled on the phone Format IP Addr...

Страница 908: ...o adjust the Tx gain settings to best suit your comfort level and deployment environment Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 10 db to 10 db Example headset tx gain 5 Parameter headset sidetone gain Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This is the is the increased db or decreased db amount of sidetone signal from the headset microphone to the headset speaker The amount of sidetone ga...

Страница 909: ... suit your comfort level and deployment environment Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 10 db to 10 db Example handset tx gain 5 Parameter handset sidetone gain Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This is the increased db or decreased db amount of sidetone signal from the handset microphone to the handset speaker The amount of sidetone gain in the IP phone firmware has been reduced...

Страница 910: ...mitted from the base microphone to the far end party The amount of Tx gain in the IP phone firmware has been reduced to avoid side tone and echo on the local and far end equipment This parameter allows you to adjust the Tx gain settings to best suit your comfort level and deployment environment Note The example below increases the speakerphone mic transmit gain by 10 db Format Integer Default Valu...

Страница 911: ...s by pressing the d fkey When on speaker you can return to using the handset by placing the handset on the cradle and picking it up again 1 Headset Calls can be made or received using the headset Calls can be switched between the headset and handset by pressing the d fkey 2 Speaker headset Incoming calls are sent to the speakerphone By pressing the d f key you can switch between the handsfree spea...

Страница 912: ...what is available on your server that the phone automatically dials when dialing the Directed Call Pickup number For example for Broadsoft servers you can enter a value of 98 for the directed call pickup prefix When the phone performs the Directed Call Pickup after pressing a BLF or BLF List softkey the phone prepends the 98 value to the designated extension of the BLF or BLF List softkey when dia...

Страница 913: ... a Ring Splash in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Directed Call Pickup Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the playing of a short call waiting tone when there is an incoming call on the BLF monitored extension If the host tone is idle the tone plays a ring splash Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example p...

Страница 914: ...or disables the use of the ACD Auto Available Timer Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example acd auto available 1 Parameter acd auto available timer Auto Available Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Auto Call Distribution Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the length of time in seconds before the IP phone st...

Страница 915: ...fg mac cfg Description Specifies the code to enter before entering the extension for where you want to park an incoming call The applicable value is dependant on the type of server in the network Server Park Values Asterisk 70 Sylantro 98 BroadWorks 68 ININ PBX callpark Leave value fields blank to disable the park and pickup feature Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Blank Range See appl...

Страница 916: ...Description Specifies the code to enter before entering the extension for where you want to pickup a parked call The applicable value is dependant on the type of server in the network Server Pickup Values Asterisk 70 Sylantro 99 BroadWorks 88 ININ PBX pickup Leave value fields blank to disable the park and pickup feature Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Blank Range See applicable value...

Страница 917: ...tive and can be pressed by the user If this parameter is set to 1 pressing the Redial key is ignored and the dialed number is not saved to the Redial List Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example redial disabled 1 Parameter conference disabled Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the Conf key on the IP phone If this parameter is set to 0 t...

Страница 918: ...ple call transfer disabled 1 Parameter map redial key to Map Redial Key To in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Key Mapping Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Sets the Redial key as a speeddial key if a value is entered for this parameter If you leave this parameter blank the Redial key returns to its original functionality Note If you configure the Redial key for spe...

Страница 919: ... the Conf key as a speeddial key if a value is entered for this parameter If you leave this parameter blank the Conf key returns to its original functionality Note If you configure the Conf key for speeddialing on the 57i CT Base Station the Conf key on the 57i CT handset retains its original functionality The Conf key on the handset is not configured for speeddial Format Integer Default Value N A...

Страница 920: ... 57i and 57i CT phones The 560M expansion module consists of 60 softkeys You can have up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totaling 180 softkeys Valid for 55i 57i and 57i CT phones On the 53i two of the 6 programmable keys are the DELETE and SAVE keys and can be programmed only if Administrator allows IP Phone Model Softkeys Expansion Module Keys Programmable Keys Lines Available Handset Keys ...

Страница 921: ... call on hold and then press the speeddial key dnd Indicates softkey is configured for do not disturb on the phone This option is Do Not Disturb in the Aastra Web UI You must also set the DND key mode See blf Indicates softkey is configured for Busy Lamp Field BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key Maximum of 50 BLFs are applicable to the 536M and 560M also list Indicates softkey is con...

Страница 922: ... is configured for last call return when pressed call forward Indicates the softkey is configured for accessing the Call Forward features on the phone A Call Forwarding Mode must be enabled to use this softkey Account mode is the default blf xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for BLF on a single key speeddial xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transf...

Страница 923: ...recode park pickup lcr call forward BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI directory icom services phonelock paging empty Example softkey1 type line softkey2 type speeddial softkey3 type lcr softkey4 type xml Directed Call Pickup on Extension 2200 softkey2 type dcp softkey2 label dcp2200 softkey2 value 2200 softkey2 states incoming outgoing idle connected Group Call Pickup o...

Страница 924: ...ial BLF acd dcp XML WebApps Flash sprecode Park Pickup BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Directory Callers List Icom Services Paging Notes 1 For the 9480i 9480i CT 57i and 57i CT phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line 2 If the softkeyN type parameter is set to flash and no label value is entered for the softkeyN label parameter the label of Flash is used Forma...

Страница 925: ...he number from the keypad on the phone BLF sprecode Park Pickup dcp XML BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Paging Notes 1 For speeddial Value is the phone number extension or prefix number to enter for the softkey 2 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 3 For sprecode Value is dependent on services offered by server 4 For Park Pickup For valid values see Chapter 5 the section Park Pickup Call Se...

Страница 926: ...190 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range N A Example softkey1 value 9 softkey2 value 411 softkey4value http 10 50 10 140script pl name SIPUSERNAME softkey5 value 123456 example of a speeddial prefix ...

Страница 927: ...ra cfg mac cfg Description This is the line associated with the softkey you are configuring The number of applicable lines available is dependent on the specific IP phone model The softkeyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial BLF BLF List acd dcp Park Pickup lcr BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 through 9 Example softkey1 line 1 sof...

Страница 928: ... softkeyN states parameter is associated with softkey 12 softkey12 type speeddial softkey12 label voicemail softkey12 value 89 softkey12 states outgoing Note The IP phone idle screen condenses the softkeys So in the previous example softkey 12 will appear in position 1 if no other softkeys are set A softkey type of empty does not display on the idle screen at all Format Text Default Value For soft...

Страница 929: ... displayed is in an active call or the call is on hold incoming The phone is ringing outgoing The user is dialing a number or the far end is ringing busy The current line is busy because the line is in use or the line is set as Do Not Disturb Note For softkey type Pickup values can be just idle just outgoing or idle outgoing Example softkey1 states idle incoming outgoing softkey2 states connected ...

Страница 930: ...ss the speeddial key dnd Indicates programmable key is configured for do not disturb on the phone This option is Do Not Disturb in the Aastra Web UI blf Indicates programmable key is configured for Busy Lamp Field BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key list Indicates programmable key is configured for BLF list use User can dial out on a BLF List configured key You can also use the BLF L...

Страница 931: ...ng Mode must be enabled to use this softkey Account mode is the default blf xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for BLF on a single key speeddial xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for speeddialing to a specific number directory Indicates programmable key is configured to access the Directory List callers Indicates progra...

Страница 932: ...dnd do not disturb in the Aastra Web UI blf list BLF List in the Aastra Web UI acd Auto call distribution in the Aastra Web UI dcp Directed Call Pickup in the Aastra Web UI xml webapps flash sprecode park pickup lcr call forward directory callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI conf xfer BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer phonelock paging empty Example prgkey3 type speeddial ...

Страница 933: ...the phone line BLF sprecode dcp XML Park Pickup BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Paging Notes 1 For speeddial Value is the phone number extension or prefix number to enter for the programmable key 2 For line Value is optional for example L4 3 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 4 For sprecode Value is dependent on services offered by server 5 For xml You can specify a URI to use for this XML...

Страница 934: ...ter prgkeyN line Line in Web UI Aastra Web UI Operation Programmable Keys Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This is the line associated with the programmable key you are configuring The prgkeyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial BLF BLF List acd dcp Park Pickup lcr BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 through 9 Exampl...

Страница 935: ...sy Lamp Field BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key list Indicates softkey is configured for BLF list use This option is BLF List in the Aastra Web UI User can dial out on a BLF List configured key You can also use the BLF List URI parameter to specify a URI for the phone to access for the BLF List acd for Sylantro Servers only Indicates the programmable key is configured for auto call...

Страница 936: ...he phone A Call Forwarding Mode must be enabled to use this softkey Account mode is the default blf xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for BLF on a single key speeddial xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for speeddialing to a specific number callers Indicates the softkey is set for accessing the Callers List directory In...

Страница 937: ...ra Web UI acd Auto call distribution in the Aastra Web UI dcp Directed Call Pickup in the Aastra Web UI xml webapps flash sprecode call forward park pickup BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer lcr callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI directory icom services phonelock paging empty Example topsoftkey1 type line topsoftkey2 type speeddial topsoftkey3 type lcr topsoftkey4 type xml ...

Страница 938: ...ey types only speeddial BLF acd dcp XML WebApps Flash sprecode Park Pickup BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Paging Directory Callers List Icom Services Notes 1 For the 57i and 57i CT phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line 2 If the topsoftkeyN type parameter is set to flash and no label value is entered for the topsoftkeyN label parameter the label of Flash is...

Страница 939: ... the rest of the number from the keypad on the phone BLF sprecode Park Pickup dcp XML BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Paging Notes 1 For speeddial Value is the phone number extension or prefix number to enter for the softkey 2 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 3 For sprecode Value is dependent on services offered by server 4 For Park Pickup For valid values see Chapter 5 the section Park ...

Страница 940: ...1 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range N A Example topsoftkey1 value 9 topsoftkey2 value 411 topsoftkey4value http 10 50 10 140script pl name SIPUSERNAME topsoftkey5 value 12345 example of a speeddial prefix ...

Страница 941: ...aastra cfg mac cfg Description This is the line associated with the softkey you are configuring The number of applicable lines available is dependent on the specific IP phone model The topsoftkeyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial BLF BLF List acd dcp Park Pickup lcr BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 through 9 Example topsoftkey1 ...

Страница 942: ... can be used when at a line item in the Directory List The Private key toggles a number in the Directory List to private The Public key allows a number in the Directory List to be sent to the handsets A 57i CT accepts a maximum of 50 entries with the public attribute icom Indicates the feature key is set to be used to make an intercom call directory Indicates the feature key is set for accessing t...

Страница 943: ...s Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The text label that displays on the IP phone for the feature key Notes 1 For the 57i CT phones an icon appears beside the feature key label that indicates the status of the line 2 If a feature key is configured but no label is set the IP phone sets the label to the English French or Spanish translation of the chosen action The language used is b...

Страница 944: ...ield BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key list Indicates softkey is configured for BLF list use This option is BLF List in the Aastra Web UI User can dial out on a BLF List configured key You can also use the BLF List URI parameter to specify a URI for the phone to access for the BLF List acd for Sylantro Servers only Indicates the programmable key is configured for auto call distribu...

Страница 945: ... calls AND configured for BLF on a single key speeddial xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for speeddialing to a specific number callers Indicates the softkey is set for accessing the Callers List directory Indicates the softkey is set for accessing the Directory List icom Indicates the softkey is set to be used as the Intercom key services not available on t...

Страница 946: ...ra Web UI acd Auto call distribution in the Aastra Web UI dcp Directed Call Pickup in the Aastra Web UI xml webapps flash sprecode park pickup lcr call forward BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI directory icom services not available on the 53i phonelock paging empty Example expmod1 key1 type line expmod1 key2 type speeddial expmod1 key3 type blf expmod1 key4 type list ...

Страница 947: ...abel parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial BLF acd dcp XML WebApps flash sprecode park pickup Directory Callers List Icom Services BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Paging Notes 1 For the 9480i 9480i CT 57i and 57i CT phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range For line blf types Up to 9 c...

Страница 948: ...rectory callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI Icom Services not available on 53i BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Paging Notes 1 For the 57i and 57i CT phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line 2 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 3 For xml You can specify a URI to use for this XML softkey The variables you can use with the XML softkey URI are SI...

Страница 949: ...Description This is the line associated with the softkey you are configuring on the Expansion Module The number of applicable lines available is dependent on the specific IP phone model The expmodX keyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial BLF BLF List acd dcp lcr park pickup BLF Xfer Speeddial Xfer Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 through 9 Example expmod...

Страница 950: ...fects the following parameters softkeyN type softkeyN label softkeyN value softkeyN line softkeyN states Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example softkey1 locked 1 Parameter topsoftkeyN locked Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Locks the specified top softkey on the 57i or 57i CT IP phone Locking the key prevents a user from changing or configuring th...

Страница 951: ...ffects the following parameters prgkeyN type prgkeyN value prgkeyN line Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example prgkey1 locked 1 Parameter featurekeyN locked Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Locks the specified top softkey on the 57i CT IP phone Locking the key prevents a user from changing or configuring the feature key When a key is locked the ph...

Страница 952: ...king the key prevents a user from changing or configuring the softkey on the expansion module When a key is locked the phone uses the server settings and ignores any previous local configuration Affects the following parameters expmodX keyN type expmodX keyN value expmodX keyN line Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example expmod1 key4 locked 1 ...

Страница 953: ...m the Save key to another function removes the ability to save items on the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 lock Range 0 unlock 1 lock Example prgkey1 locked 0 Parameter prgkey2 locked Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to lock or unlock the Delete key on the 53i IP Phone When the Delete key is unlocked a User can change the function of the key using the Aastra W...

Страница 954: ...ces Operation Expansion Module Keys Services Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI that the phone uses to access the BLF list on the Broadsoft server when the BLF list key is pressed When you specify a URI for this parameter the phone uses the Internet to access the BLF list on the Broadsoft server Format HTTP server path or Fully Qualified Domain Name Default Value ...

Страница 955: ...panmod1page1left Expansion Module 1 Page 1 left column expanmod1page2left Expansion Module 1 Page 2 left column expanmod1page3left Expansion Module 1 Page 3 left column Expansion Module 2 expanmod2page1left Expansion Module 2 Page 1 left column expanmod2page2left Expansion Module 2 Page 2 left column expanmod2page3left Expansion Module 2 Page 3 left column Expansion Module 3 expanmod3page1left Exp...

Страница 956: ... 1 Page 1 right column expanmod1page2right Expansion Module 1 Page 2 right column expanmod1page3right Expansion Module 1 Page 3 right column Expansion Module 2 expanmod2page1right Expansion Module 2 Page 1 right column expanmod2page2right Expansion Module 2 Page 2 right column expanmod2page3right Expansion Module 2 Page 3 right column Expansion Module 3 expanmod3page1right Expansion Module 3 Page ...

Страница 957: ...Description Forces the phone to use the Blind Transfer method available in software prior to release 1 4 This method sends the CANCEL message after the REFER message when blind transferring a call Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip cancel after blind transfer 1 Parameter sip update callerid Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or di...

Страница 958: ...t force web recovery If this parameter is set to 0 press 1 and keys during boot up when the logo displays to force the web recovery mode Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example force web recovery mode disabled 1 Parameter max boot count Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the number of faulty boots that occur before the phone is forced into Web re...

Страница 959: ... to 1 you can make separate active calls from the 57i CT and 9480i CT base unit and from the cordless handset If this feature is disabled set to 0 only one call can be active at a time either from the base unit or from the handset When this feature is disabled and you make an active call on either the base unit or the handset any other attempt to make an active call is put on hold Also when this f...

Страница 960: ...r this amount of time Note The value of 0 disables the blacklist feature Format Integer Default Value 300 5 minutes Range 0 to 9999999 Example sip blacklist duration 600 Parameter sip whitelist Whitelist Proxy Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This parameter enables disables the whitelist proxy feature ...

Страница 961: ...ri pool interval seconds Format HTTP s server path or Fully Qualified Domain Name Default Value N A Range N A Example action uri poll http myserver com myappli xml Parameter action uri poll interval Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the interval in seconds between calls from the phone to the action uri poll Format Integer Defaul...

Страница 962: ... php Parameter xfer script Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies an Xfer script for the phone to use When this parameter is set pressing the Xfer key GETs the specified URI from the server instead of starting the transfer action Format String Default Value empty Range Any valid URI Example xfer script http bluevelvet ana aastra com xfer php Parameter conf script Configuratio...

Страница 963: ... String Default Value empty Range Any valid URI Example icom script http bluevelvet ana aastra com icom php Parameter voicemail script Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies an Voicemail script for the phone to use When this parameter is set selecting the voicemail option from the Services Menu GETs the specified URI from the server instead of starting the Voicemail applicati...

Страница 964: ...sing and holding the Options key or the Services Key on the 51i displays the local Options Menu on the phone Format String Default Value empty Range Any valid URI Example options script http fargo ana aastra com options xml Parameter auto offhook Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies whether or not the phone is prevented from entering the off hook dialing state if the handse...

Страница 965: ...extension module keys are not allowed 2 Phone allows XML POSTs to the phone as well as XML GETs to from the phone by pressing the XML keys softkeys programmable keys extension module keys Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 2 Example xml lock override 1 Parameter sip symmetric udp signaling Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to enable or disable the phone to use po...

Страница 966: ...les aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to enable or disable the addition of the User Agent and Server SIP headers in the SIP stack The value of 0 prevents the UserAgent and Server SIP header from being added to the SIP stack The value of 1 allows these headers to be added Format Boolean Default Value 1 true Range 0 false 1 true Example sip user agent 0 ...

Страница 967: ...the A DNS lookup to find the IP address 2 NAPTR SRV A First the phone sends NAPTR Naming Authority Pointer lookup to get the SRV pointer and service type such as aastra com SIP 2DT _sip tcp aastra net which means the service prefers to use TCP and _sip tcp aastra net for the SRV query instead of the default _sip _tcp aastra com If the NAPTR record is returned empty then the default value is used s...

Страница 968: ...k which do not increment the CSeq numbers in SIP requests sent to the phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip accept out of order requests 1 Parameter config encryption key Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the phone specific encryption key that the configuration server uses to encrypt in a MAC specific configuration file Form...

Страница 969: ...iption Specifies the IP address for which to save log files for troubleshooting purposes Format IP address Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example log server ip 192 168 3 2 Parameter log server port Log Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Troubleshooting Log Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the IP port to use to save log files for troubles...

Страница 970: ...alyzation Blogs are defined by their format a series of entries posted to a single page in reverse chronological order The IP Phone blogs are separated into modules which allow you to log specific information for analyzing Module Name configuration files linemgr line manager information user interface misc miscellaneous sip call control SIP stack dis display driver dstore delayed storage ept endpo...

Страница 971: ...ger user interface and SIP call control modules Example 2 Functions and Info 16 32 48 log module dis 48 log module net 48 log module snd 48 In the above example functions and general information are logged for the display drivers network and sound modules Example 3 log module rtpt 0 log module ind 65535 In the above example all debug levels are OFF for the Real Time Transport module All debug leve...

Страница 972: ...ttings Parameter watchdog enable WatchDog in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Troubleshooting Description Enables disables the use of the WatchDog task for the IP Phones Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example watchdog enable 0 ...

Страница 973: ...er Setup About this appendix Introduction This appendix describes how to setup the TFTP protocol configuration server in your network Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Configuration Server Protocol Setup page B 2 TFTP Server Set up page B 2 ...

Страница 974: ...TP server on Google and you should get the web site where you can download the software from Installing PumpKIN is straightforward To configure the directory from where you would be serving the files click on the Options button on PumpKIN s main window as shown in the following figure It is important to select the Give all files radio button under the Read Request Behavior category This makes the ...

Страница 975: ... requests in the Write Request Behavior category Click the OK button after you have entered all the required information All the firmware files should be in the file system root directory Currently we do not support downloads from files present in sub directories Consult PumpKIN s documentation if you need more information on how to set up the TFTP server ...

Страница 976: ......

Страница 977: ...he Asterisk IP PBX About this appendix Introduction This appendix describes how to setup a user s phone with an extension to make and receive calls using the Asterisk as the PBX Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX page C 2 ...

Страница 978: ... in the extensions conf file to identify this physical phone when issuing Dial commands phone1 The type to use for the 57i is friend Peer is used when the Asterisk is contacting a proxy user is used for phones that can only make calls and friend acts as both a peer and a user type friend If your host has an entry in your DNS then you just enter the machines name in the host field host dynamic defa...

Страница 979: ...defining the extension for the 57i phone This definition completes configuring the 57i phone at the IP PBX system To verify whether the extension has been successfully registered at the IP PBX system enter the Asterisk console and reload Asterisk Use the command sip show peers at the console This will display the extensions that are registered at the IP PBX system This completes the basic set up f...

Страница 980: ......

Страница 981: ...uction This appendix provides sample configuration files for the 57i 57i CT and 53i Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Sample Configuration Files page D 2 57i Sample Configuration File page D 2 57i CT Sample Configuration File page D 12 53i Sample Configuration File page D 29 ...

Страница 982: ...ion File Sample Configuration File Date October 20th 2005 Phone Model 57i Notes The general format used here is similar to configuration files used by several UNIX based programs Any text following a number sign is considered to be a comment unless the number sign is contained within double quotes where it is considered to be a pound For Boolean fields 0 false 1 true Comments This file contains sa...

Страница 983: ...tings server wide while the mac cfg file configures only the phone with the MAC address for which the file is named for example 00085d0304f4 cfg The settings in the aastra cfg file will be overridden by settings which also appear in the mac cfg file DHCP Setting dhcp 1 DHCP enabled DHCP 0 false means DHCP is disabled 1 true means DHCP is enabled Notes DHCP is normally set from the Options list on ...

Страница 984: ...phone on a server and should be set in the mac cfg file if setting this manually subnet mask default gateway dns1 dns2 Time Server Settings time server disabled 1 Time server disabled time server1 Enable time server and enter at time server2 least one time server IP address or time server3 qualified domain name Time Server Disabled 0 false means the time server is not disabled 1 true means the tim...

Страница 985: ...er controller you should set the outbound proxy to the session border controller address sip outbound proxy sbc aastra com sip outbound proxy port 0 a value of 0 enables SRV lookups for the address of the proxy Option 3 If you know the public IP address of your NAT device and and have opened up a port for the SIP messages then you can statically assign this information sip nat ip 67 123 122 90 sip...

Страница 986: ...er 192 168 0 130 alternate tftp server use alternate tftp server 1 If your DHCP server assigns a TFTP server address which you do not use you can use the alternate tftp server FTP server settings ftp server 192 168 0 131 can be IP or FQDN ftp username aastra ftp password 57iaastra HTTP server settings for http bogus aastra com firmware http server bogus aastra com can be IP or FQDN http path firmw...

Страница 987: ...atches any number inside the brackets can be used with a to represent a range expression grouping either or If the dialled number doesn t match the dial plan then the call is rejected sip digit timeout 3 set the inter digit timeout in seconds Example dial plans sip dial plan x xx this is the default dial string note that is must be quoted since it contains a character sip dial plan 01 xxx 2 8 xxxx...

Страница 988: ...sip transport protocol 0 use UDP 1 TCP 2 or both 0 for sip messaging sip use basic codecs 1 limit codecs to G711 and G729 sip out of band dtmf 0 turn off support for RFC2833 on by default Global SIP User Settings Notes These settings are used as the default configuration for the hard key lines on the phone That is L1 to L4 on the 57i and 57iCT L1 to L3 on the 53i These can be over ridden on a per ...

Страница 989: ... Nortel line sip proxy ip proxy aastra com IP address or FQDN of proxy sip proxy port 5060 port used for SIP messages on the proxy Set to 0 to enable SRV lookups sip registrar ip aastra com IP address or FQDN of registrar sip registrar port 0 as proxy port but for the registrar sip registration period 3600 registration period in seconds Per line SIP Settings configure line 3 as the support Broadso...

Страница 990: ... sip line5 registration period 60 Softkey Settings Softkeys can be set either server wide or unique to each phone Setting softkeys as line call appearances should be done in the mac cfg file since these are unique to each phone Notes There are a maximum of 18 softkeys that can be configured on the 57i or 57iCT phone These can be set up through either of the 2 configuration files depending on wheth...

Страница 991: ... hook can be set for the value If softkey type is blf it is the extension you want to monitor SOFTKEY LINE This is line associated with the softkey For line softkeys the value must be between 5 and 9 1 4 are already hardcoded as the L1 L2 L3 and L4 hard key line call appearances Speed Dials softkey1 type speeddial softkey1 label Ext Pickup softkey1 value 8 softkey2 type speeddial softkey2 label Ca...

Страница 992: ...considered to be a comment unless the number sign is contained within double quotes where it is considered to be a pound For Boolean fields 0 false 1 true Comments This file contains sample configurations for the aastra cfg or mac cfg file The settings included here are examples only You should change comment the values to suit your requirements Not all possible paramters are shown refer to the ad...

Страница 993: ...the phone with the MAC address for which the file is named for example 00085d0304f4 cfg The settings in the aastra cfg file will be overridden by settings which also appear in the mac cfg file DHCP Setting dhcp 1 DHCP enabled DHCP 0 false means DHCP is disabled 1 true means DHCP is enabled Notes DHCP is normally set from the Options list on the phone or the web interface If DHCP is disabled the fo...

Страница 994: ...01160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide Network Settings Notes If DHCP is enabled you do not need to set these network settings Although depending on you DHCP server configuration you may still have to set the dns address ...

Страница 995: ...me server1 Enable time server and enter at time server2 least one time server IP address or time server3 qualified domain name Time Server Disabled 0 false means the time server is not disabled 1 true means the time server is disabled NAT Settings Option 1 If you are connecting to a Nortel MCS call server and there is a NAT device between the server and the phone then you must set the following tw...

Страница 996: ...der controller address sip outbound proxy sbc aastra com sip outbound proxy port 0 a value of 0 enables SRV lookups for the address of the proxy Option 3 If you know the public IP address of your NAT device and and have opened up a port for the SIP messages then you can statically assign this information sip nat ip 67 123 122 90 sip nat port 5890 Additional Network Settings sip rtp port 3000 Eg RT...

Страница 997: ...P and HTTP TFTP server settings tftp server 192 168 0 130 alternate tftp server use alternate tftp server 1 If your DHCP server assigns a TFTP server address which you do not use you can use the alternate tftp server FTP server settings ftp server 192 168 0 131 can be IP or FQDN ftp username aastra ftp password 57iaastra HTTP server settings for http bogus aastra com firmware http server bogus aas...

Страница 998: ...x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 matches the keypad symbols x matches any digit 0 9 matches 0 or more repetitions of the previous expression matches any number inside the brackets can be used with a to represent a range expression grouping either or If the dialled number doesn t match the dial plan then the call is rejected sip digit timeout 3 set the inter digit timeout in seconds Example dial plans sip dia...

Страница 999: ...xy in the dial string General SIP Settings sip session timer 30 enable support of RFC4028 the default value of 0 disables this functionality sip transport protocol 0 use UDP 1 TCP 2 or both 0 for sip messaging sip use basic codecs 1 limit codecs to G711 and G729 sip out of band dtmf 0 turn off support for RFC2833 on by default Global SIP User Settings Notes These settings are used as the default c...

Страница 1000: ... the caller name sent out when making a call sip vmail 78 the number to reach voicemail on sip auth name jsmith account used to authenticate user sip password 12345 password for authentication account sip mode 0 line type 0 generic 1 BroadSoft SCA line 2 Nortel line sip proxy ip proxy aastra com IP address or FQDN of proxy sip proxy port 5060 port used for SIP messages on the proxy Set to 0 to ena...

Страница 1001: ...line3 auth name support sip line3 password 54321 sip line3 mode 1 sip line3 vmail 78 configure line 5 a soft key line as an ordinary line of a test server sip line5 screen name Test 1 sip line5 user name 5551001 sip line5 display name Test 1 sip line5 auth name 5551001 sip line5 password 5551001 sip line5 mode 0 sip line5 proxy ip 10 50 10 102 sip line5 proxy port 5060 sip line5 registrar ip 10 50...

Страница 1002: ...set up as speeddials or as additional call line appearances and have a type label and value associated with it as seen here in the default softkey settings SOFTKEY TYPES line speeddial blf list dnd SOFTKEY LABEL Alpha numeric name for the softkey The maximum number of characters for this value is 10 for speeddials and dnd 9 chars for lines blf SOFTKEY VALUE If softkey type is a speeddial any DTMFs...

Страница 1003: ... type line softkey6 label Test 1 softkey6 line 5 blf softkey8 type blf softkey8 label Jane Doe softkey8 value 4559 softkey8 line 1 list softkey11 type list softkey12 type list Cordless Handset Feature Keys Notes In addition to the configuration parameters that exist on the 57i phone following are the parameters specific to the 57i Cordless phones handset These parameters can be defined either int ...

Страница 1004: ...g settings N corresponds to the feature key that is being configured for and ranges from 0 14 Feature key N En label String Feature key N Fr label Fr String Feature key N Sp label Sp String Feature key N control 1 Takes an integer value Feature key N hs event 1 Takes an integer value Feature key N base event 1 Takes an integer value key list version 1 The parameter value has to be incremented by o...

Страница 1005: ...ey Do not show it in the Feature keys list in the cordless handset and do not let the user modify this key using the phone or the web client Feature key 0 hs event 7 These events are for handset specific events Events can be local to the handset like directory caller s list intercom etc or may be an event that is sent to the base set for fruther processing When this key is configured as a base eve...

Страница 1006: ...ween 7 23 1 Seize base set s line1 2 Seize base set s line2 3 Seize base set s line3 4 Seize base set s line4 5 Seize base set s line5 6 Seize base set s line6 7 Seize base set s line7 8 Seize base set s line8 9 Seize base set s line9 10 Seize base set s line0 11 Send the base set s transfer event 12 Send the base set s conference event 13 Make feature list public Example configuration key list ve...

Страница 1007: ...r Feature key 2 Sp label Sp Xfer Feature key 2 control 2 Feature key 2 hs event 9 Feature key 2 base event 11 Feature key 3 En label Icom Feature key 3 Fr label Fr Icom Feature key 3 Sp label Sp Icom Feature key 3 control 1 Feature key 3 hs event 86 Feature key 3 base event 13 Feature key 4 En label Opt Feature key 4 Fr label Fr Opt Feature key 4 Sp label Sp Opt Feature key 4 hs event 58 Feature k...

Страница 1008: ... event 13 Feature key 7 En label Redial Feature key 7 Fr label Fr Redial Feature key 7 Sp label Sp Redial Feature key 7 hs event 60 Feature key 7 control 4 Feature key 7 base event 13 Feature key 8 En label Dir Feature key 8 Fr label Fr Dir Feature key 8 Sp label Sp Dir Feature key 8 hs event 61 Feature key 8 control 2 Feature key 8 base event 13 Feature key 9 En label Services Feature key 9 Fr la...

Страница 1009: ... contains sample configurations for the aastra cfg or mac cfg file The settings included here are examples only You should change comment the values to suit your requirements Not all possible paramters are shown refer to the admin guide for the full list of supported parameters their defaults and valid ranges The Aastra 57i 57iCT and 53i phones will download 2 configuration files from the TFTP ser...

Страница 1010: ...ing dhcp 1 DHCP enabled DHCP 0 false means DHCP is disabled 1 true means DHCP is enabled Notes DHCP is normally set from the Options list on the phone or the web interface If DHCP is disabled the following network settings will have to be configured manually either through the configuration files the Options List in the phone or the Web Client IP Address of the phone Subnet Mask Gateway DNS and TF...

Страница 1011: ...me server1 Enable time server and enter at time server2 least one time server IP address or time server3 qualified domain name Time Server Disabled 0 false means the time server is not disabled 1 true means the time server is disabled NAT Settings Option 1 If you are connecting to a Nortel MCS call server and there is a NAT device between the server and the phone then you must set the following tw...

Страница 1012: ...Sample Configuration Files D 32 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide sip nortel nat timer 60 seconds between keep alive messages ...

Страница 1013: ...3 If you know the public IP address of your NAT device and and have opened up a port for the SIP messages then you can statically assign this information sip nat ip 67 123 122 90 sip nat port 5890 Additional Network Settings sip rtp port 3000 Eg RTP packets are sent to port 3000 Configuration Server Settings Notes This section defines which server the phone retrieves new firmware images and config...

Страница 1014: ...Sample Configuration Files D 34 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide ...

Страница 1015: ...168 0 131 can be IP or FQDN ftp username aastra ftp password 57iaastra HTTP server settings for http bogus aastra com firmware http server bogus aastra com can be IP or FQDN http path firmware Dial Plan Settings Notes As you dial a number on the phone the phone will initiate a call when one of the following conditions are meet 1 The entered number is an exact match in the dial plan 2 The symbol ha...

Страница 1016: ...Sample Configuration Files D 36 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 IP Phone Administrator Guide ...

Страница 1017: ...n t match the dial plan then the call is rejected sip digit timeout 3 set the inter digit timeout in seconds Example dial plans sip dial plan x xx this is the default dial string note that is must be quoted since it contains a character sip dial plan 01 xxx 2 8 xxxx 91xxxxxxxxxx accecpt any 4 digit number beginning with a 0 or 1 any 5 digit number beginning with a number between 2 and 8 inclusive ...

Страница 1018: ...pport for RFC2833 on by default Global SIP User Settings Notes These settings are used as the default configuration for the hard key lines on the phone That is L1 to L4 on the 57i and 57iCT L1 to L3 on the 53i These can be over ridden on a per line basis using the per line settings See the Admin Guide for a detailed explaination of how this works sip screen name Joe Smith the name display on the p...

Страница 1019: ...lookups sip registrar ip aastra com IP address or FQDN of registrar sip registrar port 0 as proxy port but for the registrar sip registration period 3600 registration period in seconds Per line SIP Settings configure line 3 as the support Broadsoft SCA line the proxy and registrar settings are taken from the global settings above sip line3 screen name Support sip line3 user name 4000 sip line3 dis...

Страница 1020: ...e Setting programmable keys as line call appearances should be done in the mac cfg file since these are unique to each phone Notes There are a maximum of 7 programmable keys that can be configured on the 53i phone and only 2 on the phone These can be set up through either of the 2 configuration files depending on whether this is to be server wide aastra cfg or phone specific mac cfg Each prgkey ne...

Страница 1021: ...o monitor PRGKEY LINE This is line associated with the prgkey For line prgkeys the value must be between 4 and 9 1 3 are already hardcoded as the L1 L2 and L3 hard key line call appearances Speed Dials prgkey1 type speeddial prgkey1 value 8 prgkey2 type speeddial prgkey2 value 69 DND Key prgkey3 type dnd Line appearance prgkey4 type line prgkey4 line 5 blf prgkey5 type blf prgkey5 value 4559 prgke...

Страница 1022: ......

Страница 1023: ...ppendix Introduction This appendix provides sample BLF softkey settings for both the Asterisk server and the BroadSoft BroadWorks server Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Sample BLF Softkey Settings page E 2 Asterisk BLF page E 2 BroadSoft BroadWorks BLF page E 3 ...

Страница 1024: ...gurations to enable Asterisk BLF support on Aastra IP phones 57i and 57i CT Configuration Parameters for Asterisk BLF softkey1 type blf softkey1 value 9995551212 softkey1 label John softkey1 line 1 53i Configuration Parameters for Asterisk BLF prgkey1 type blf prgkey1 value 9995551212 prgkey1 label John prgkey1 line 1 prgkey7 type blf prgkey7 value 9995551313 prgkey7 label Jane prgkey7 line 1 ...

Страница 1025: ...softkey2 label softkey2 value softkey2 line 1 list uri sip my57i blf list as broadsoft com 53i Configuration Parameters for Broadsoft BroadWorks BLF prgkey6 type list prgkey6 label prgkey6 value 1 prgkey7 type list prgkey7 label prgkey7 value 1 list uri sip my53i blf list as broadsoft com Note One softkey must be defined of type list for EACH monitored user So if there are 2 users being monitored ...

Страница 1026: ......

Страница 1027: ...Sample Multiple Proxy Server Configuration About this appendix Introduction This appendix provides a sample multiple proxy server configuration Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Multiple Proxy Server Configuration page F 2 ...

Страница 1028: ...egistrar port 5060 sip registration period 3600 sip nortel nat support 0 sip nortel nat timer 0 sip broadsoft talk 0 sip broadsoft hold 0 sip broadsoft conference 0 sip dial plan x line info Fill in all necessary information below carefully Populate all lines even if there is only one account line 1 sip line1 auth name sip line1 password sip line1 mode 0 sip line1 user name sip line1 display name ...

Страница 1029: ...3 user name sip line3 display name sip line3 screen name line 4 sip line4 auth name sip line4 password sip line4 mode 0 sip line4 user name sip line4 display name sip line4 screen name sip line4 proxy ip sip line4 proxy port 5060 sip line4 registrar ip sip line4 registrar port 5060 sip registration period 500 sip nortel nat support 0 sip nortel nat timer 0 sip broadsoft talk 1 sip broadsoft hold 1...

Страница 1030: ......

Страница 1031: ...P phones Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Creating an XML Application page G 3 XML format page G 3 Creating XML Objects page G 4 Creating Custom Softkeys page G 5 Text Menu Object Menu Screens page G 6 Text Screen Object Text Screens page G 14 UserInput Object User Input Screens page G 24 Directory Object Directory List Screen page G 39 Status Message Object Idle Screen ...

Страница 1032: ...Dynamic Configuration Object to push a configuration to the phone page G 64 XML Image Objects 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT only page G 68 Attributes Options to Use with XML Objects page G 43 HTTP Post page G 82 XML Schema File page G 85 Managing XML Applications page G 88 Support of Virtual Web Servers page G 88 Non Blocking HTTP Connections page G 88 XML SIP Notify page G 89 Topic Page ...

Страница 1033: ... format Creating XML Objects Creating Custom Softkeys HTTP Post XML Schema File XML format The text in the Aastra XML objects must be compliant with XML recommendations and special characters must be escape encoded The default character set for the XML API is ISO 8859 1 Table 1 Character Description Escape Sequence Ampersand amp Quote quot Apostrophe apos Left angle bracket lt Right angle bracket ...

Страница 1034: ...t Screens Directory Object Directory List Screen Status Message Object Idle Screen Execute Commands Object for executing XML commands Using the Reset Command Using the NoOp Command Using the FastReboot Command Using the LED Commands for Softkey or Programmable Key LED Behavior Dynamic Configuration Object to push a configuration to the phone XML Image Objects 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT only You...

Страница 1035: ...0i CT and 57i 57i CT The following softkey functionality is available to the developer for the purpose of reordering or preserving the default functionality of the XML screens The Dial function is available to screens that allow input The dial string for the Dial function is taken from the menu items URI on the Menu Screen and from the editor field input on the Input Screen ExistingAction Keys Tex...

Страница 1036: ...ers using the style bullet The Text Menu object allows users to navigate the application by linking HTTP requests to menu items Implementation The following is how you would implement the Text Menu object Softkeys 1 Select 6 Done XML Description AastraIPPhoneTextMenu defaultIndex some integer destroyOnExit yes no Title Menu Title Title MenuItem base http base Prompt First Choice Prompt URI http so...

Страница 1037: ...ts Prompt URI rss_to_xml pl URI MenuItem MenuItem Prompt Employee List Prompt URI employees xml URI MenuItem MenuItem base Prompt Weather Prompt URI http 10 50 10 52 weather pl URI MenuItem AastraIPPhoneTextMenu XML Screen Example Note The maximum number of items to be included in a Text Menu object is 15 Phone Services 1 Traffic Reports 2 Employee List 3 Weather Select Done ...

Страница 1038: ... style none Title Example Title MenuItem Prompt Item 1 Prompt URI http somepage xml URI MenuItem AastraIPPhoneTextMenu XML example The following is an example of using the style none attribute with the AastraIPPhoneText Menu object AastraIPPhoneTextMenu style none Title Phone Services Title MenuItem base http 10 50 10 53 Prompt Traffic Reports Prompt URI rss_to_xml pl URI MenuItem MenuItem Prompt ...

Страница 1039: ...L Application 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 G 9 XML Screen Example The following example shows the items in the Text Menu without the item numbering Phone Services Traffic Reports Employee List Weather Select Done ...

Страница 1040: ...ple Title MenuItem Prompt Item 1 Prompt URI http somepage xml URI MenuItem AastraIPPhoneTextMenu XML example The following is an example of using the style bullet attribute with the AastraIPPhoneText Menu object AastraIPPhoneTextMenu style bullet Title Phone Services Title MenuItem base http 10 50 10 53 Prompt Traffic Reports Prompt URI rss_to_xml pl URI MenuItem MenuItem Prompt Employee List Prom...

Страница 1041: ...L Application 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 G 11 XML Screen Example The following example shows the items in the Text Menu without the item numbering Phone Services Select Done Traffic Reports Employee List Weather ...

Страница 1042: ... Release 2 2 and later You can use the RIGHT arrow key to scroll the screen to the right to view additional text Note If the menu item begins with more than one large word with no spaces or hyphens the first full word displays on the first line truncated and the next full word displays on the next line Text Wrapping Prior to Release 2 2 Text Wrapping in Release 2 2 9480i 9480i CT 9143i 51i and 53i...

Страница 1043: ...160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 G 13 Configuring the Text Wrapping Parameter You use the following parameter with the XML AastraIPPhoneTextMenu object wrapList Example AastraIPPhoneTextMenu destroyOnExit yes wrapList yes AastraIPPhoneTextMenu ...

Страница 1044: ...a new page by using the doneAction attribute and specifying the new page to go to in the XML script Implementation The following is how you would implement the Text Screen object Softkey 6 Done XML Description AastraIPPhoneTextScreen destroyOnExit yes no Title Screen Title Title Text The screen text goes here Text AastraIPPhoneTextScreen or AastraIPPhoneTextScreen doneAction HTTP address Title Scr...

Страница 1045: ...e firmware info screen Note that white space is preserved in XML so the display should word wrap appropriately Only three lines can display at a time Text AastraIPPhoneTextScreen XML Screen Example 1 Note This example displays text that you can scroll through on the LCD screen As you scroll the screen the previous text is destroyed Screen Object Done The screen object can be implemented similar to...

Страница 1046: ...roll the screen and then press DONE 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT or the RIGHT ARROW key 9143i and 53i the screen redirects you to the location specified in the script After pressing DONE or the RIGHT ARROW key the phone checks if a doneAction exists in the XML script If it does the screen gets redirected to the location specified If it does not exist then the scrolled screens use the destroyOnExi...

Страница 1047: ... and 53i an Administrator can use the allowAnswer attribute with the AastraIPPhoneTextScreen XML object Valid values for the allowAnswer attribute are yes or no default For 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT The Answer and Ignore softkeys display on the LCD when the phone has an incoming call at the same time it receives an XML application XML applications are destroyed if the phone receives a call...

Страница 1048: ...call at the same time it receives an XML application XML applications are destroyed if the phone receives a call after the XML has been rendered When the Ignore Answer line displays you can press the Right Arrow key Answer to answer the incoming call without disturbing the current XML application When you answer the call the Ignore Answer line disappears from the LCD Pressing the Left Arrow key ig...

Страница 1049: ...you can specify the following for the text that displays alignment using the Align attribute and specifying right left or center text size using the Line Size attribute and specifying normal or double height display type using the Line or Scroll attributes to specify static or scrolling See the AastraIPPhoneFormattedTextScreen structure example on page G 20 The phone s LCD screen allows up to a to...

Страница 1050: ... object describes the structure of the XML document that you can use to format the text that displays on the phone s LCD screen The default structure of the AastraIPPhoneFormattedTextScreen object is AastraIPPhoneFormattedTextScreen Line Size normal double Align right left center A line of static text Line Scroll Height n Line Size normal double Align right left center Scrolling text Line Line Ano...

Страница 1051: ...attedTextScreen Line Size double Align left A line of static text Line Scroll Height 2 Line Size normal Align right Scrolling text Line Line Another line of Scrolling Text Line Line Yet another scrolling line Line Scroll Line Some static footer text Line AastraIPPhoneFormattedTextScreen XML Screen Examples IP Phones 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT Done A line of static text This block can scroll...

Страница 1052: ... yes allows dialpad events to pass through the XML applications Examples The following is an example of setting the allowDTMF attribute to allow dialpad events to pass through the XML applications AastraIPPhoneTextScreen allowDTMF yes Title Test Title Text Digits should pass through this object Text AastraIPPhoneTextScreen Note You can view all 5 lines at once on the 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i...

Страница 1053: ...wing is an example of setting the allowDTMF attribute to prevent dialpad events from passing through the XML applications this is the default setting AastraIPPhoneTextScreen allowDTMF no Title Test Title Text Digits do not pass through this object Text AastraIPPhoneTextScreen ...

Страница 1054: ...is appended to the address in the URL tag and sent via HTTP GET For User input screens you can also create the following Time and Date Format User input screens For more information see Time and Date Formats User Input Screens on page G 31 Multiple input fields per AastraIPPhoneInputScreen object For more information see Multiple Input Fields User Input Screens on page G 34 Implementation IP Addre...

Страница 1055: ...IP address or host name Prompt URL Target receiving the input URL Parameter parameter added to URL Parameter Default SoftKey index 1 Label Backspace Label URI SoftKey Exit URI Softkey SoftKey index 2 Label Dot Label URI SoftKey Exit URI Softkey SoftKey index 3 Label ChangeCase Label URI SoftKey Exit URI Softkey SoftKey index 4 Label Numeric Alpha Label URI SoftKey Exit URI Softkey SoftKey index 5 ...

Страница 1056: ...nistrator Guide XML Example AastraIPPhoneInputScreen type IP Title Proxy Server Title Prompt Server IP Prompt URL http 10 50 10 53 script pl URL Parameter proxy Parameter Default Default AastraIPPhoneInputScreen XML Screen Example Proxy Server Backspace Done Server IP Dot Cancel ...

Страница 1057: ...the UserInput object using Numbers Softkeys 1 Backspace 5 Cancel 6 Done XML Example AastraIPPhoneInputScreen type number Title Proxy Port Title Prompt Port Prompt URL http 10 50 10 53 script pl URL Parameter port Parameter Default 5060 Default AastraIPPhoneInputScreen XML Screen Example Proxy Port Backspace Done Port 5060 Cancel ...

Страница 1058: ...5 Cancel 6 Done XML Example AastraIPPhoneInputScreen type string password yes Title SIP Settings Title Prompt Enter something Prompt URL http 10 50 10 53 script pl URL Parameter passwd Parameter Default Default AastraIPPhoneInputScreen XML Screen Example Note In the above example if the user entered 12345 then the URL sent back to the server is http 10 50 10 53 script pl passwd 12345 SIP Settings ...

Страница 1059: ...ftkey the server must include the list of characters in the URI field of the XML softkey script The URI must be in the format SymbolList Symbol List content The content of the Symbol List must be encapsulated by quotes You can specify multiple symbols in one URI For example the SymbolList specifies the and symbols There are some special characters that needed to be encoded due to XML limitations T...

Страница 1060: ... Softkey Example AastraIPPhoneInputScreen type IP Title Email Title SoftKey index 1 Label Symbols Label URI SoftKey SymbolList URI SoftKey SoftKey index 2 Label Backspace Label URI SoftKey Exit URI Softkey SoftKey index 3 Label Dot Label URI SoftKey Exit URI Softkey Prompt Email Address Prompt URL http myserver com myscript com URL Parameter email Parameter Default Default AastraIPPhoneInputScreen...

Страница 1061: ... requires the user to specify a time or a date for example when scheduling a meeting The user could press a softkey that gets the XML script asking you to enter a time date This time date is then forwarded to a script that schedules the meeting or reports a conflict XML Examples The following example illustrates the AastraIPPhoneInputScreen object using the time date attributes United StatesTime A...

Страница 1062: ...nt Time Prompt Parameter Time Parameter Default 14 23 22 Default AastraIPPhoneInputScreen IP Phones 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT IP Phone 9143i 53i Note If you don t specify a time the XML script uses the following default values 12 00 00am US 00 00 00 International US Time Done Enter Current Time 12 00 00am Cancel Enter Current Time 12 00 00am Enter Cancel Int Time Done Enter Current Time 14 23 ...

Страница 1063: ...en IP Phones 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT IP Phone 9143i 53i International Date AastraIPPhoneInputScreen type dateInt Title Int Date Title Prompt Enter Birthday Prompt Parameter Date Parameter AastraIPPhoneInputScreen IP Phones 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i 57i CT IP Phone 9143i 53i US Date Done Enter Birthday 12 22 1980 Cancel Enter Birthday 12 22 1980 Enter Cancel Int Date Done Enter Birthday 26 5 200...

Страница 1064: ...eld tags The phone treats softkey information specified outside of the InputField tags as a default value Each AastraIPPhoneInputScreen object supports only 1 URL The following tags support this feature Note If you don t specify a date the XML script uses the current date in the specified format Tags for Multiple Input Fields InputField InputField Note This tag supports the type password and edita...

Страница 1065: ...en Attributes defaultIndex Allows you to set an integer value from 1 6 that specifies which input field the edit cursor starts in Default is 1 displayMode Allows you to set a specific display mode for the screen normal or condensed Default is normal mode Normal Mode Prompts and inputs each appear on separate lines on the display The user can scroll through the lines Notes 1 An InputField tag with ...

Страница 1066: ...efault 01 24 07 Default SoftKey index 5 Label DateDone Label URI Softkey Submit URI SoftKey InputField AastraIPPhoneInputScreen Posting the above AastraIPPhoneInputScreen XML script displays the following screens on the IP phone Screen 1 Note Notice that the cursor is active within the first element field and that the phone is displaying the InputField 1 softkey Test Name Robert Time 10 50 24 AM _...

Страница 1067: ...oftkeys change to reflect the new input type timeUS Scrolling down again goes to the next page of inputs Screen 3 Note Notice that the softkeys change again to reflect the current input item on the screen Date Test Name Robert Time 10 50 24 AM ____________________ Cancel Done Screen 2 Test Date 11 24 07 ____________________ DateDone Screen 3 ...

Страница 1068: ...use the attribute displayMode condensed in the root tag Screen 4 the display changes to have prompt and inputs on the same line The behavior of the screens using condensed mode is the same as Screens 1 through 3 but without the scrolling Test Name Robert Time 10 50 24 AM Date 11 24 07 ____________________ NameDone Screen 4 ...

Страница 1069: ...n be linked to other XML objects Implementation The following is how you would implement the Directory object in XML Softkeys 1 Dial 6 Done 2 Previous optional 5 Next optional XML Description AastraIPPhoneDirectory destroyOnExit no next uri previous uri Attributes are optionalà Title Directory Title Title Menu Item Prompt Contact Name Prompt URI number URI Menu Item Additional Menu Items may be ad...

Страница 1070: ...pt URI 10 50 10 49 URI MenuItem MenuItem Prompt 53i John Doe 2 Prompt URI 4326 URI MenuItem MenuItem Prompt 57i CT John Doe 3 Prompt URI 9982691234 URI MenuItem AastraIPPhoneDirectory XML Screen Example Note The maximum number of items to be included in a Directory object is 15 per page In this example there are six pages My Directory 1 6 Dial Cancel Next Previous 2 9133i John Doe 2 1 480i John Do...

Страница 1071: ... displayed until they are removed by the server or the phone reboots The AastraIPPhoneStatus object feature is always enabled AastraIPPhoneStatus Structure The AastraIPPhoneStatus object describes the structure of the XML document that you can use to send status messages to the phone The basic structure of the AastraIPPhoneStatus object is AastraIPPhoneStatus Session My session ID Session Message ...

Страница 1072: ... AastraIPPhoneStatus In this example the AastraIPPhoneStatus object sends the default behavior with the status message i e the status message is added to the scroll list Example 2 You can also use the AastraIPPhoneStatus object to remove status messages from the display by setting an empty tag for the Message index tag The following example removes the status message that was posted to the phone i...

Страница 1073: ... of the IP phone when required XML Softkey Programmable Key LED Behavior The URI Led softkey or programmable key type execute command controls the behavior of XML softkey or programmable key LEDs The softkey or programmable key must be configured for XML before you enable this feature The following paragraphs describe the AastraIPPhoneExecute object and the commands you can use with this object Aa...

Страница 1074: ...RI page Using the NoOp Command You can use the AastraIPPhoneExecute object as an object to create a blank display it has no affect on the IP phone It is made up of a blank URI You can use this feature when you need to press a key on the phone to access a feature and it is not necessary to display anything You can also use the AastraIPPhoneExecute object and this command with other objects in an XM...

Страница 1075: ...ogrammable Key LED Behavior You can control the behavior of XML softkey or programmable key LEDs using the command URI Led softkey or programmable key type execute command with the AastraIPPhoneExecute object This LED feature is applicable to XML softkeys top or bottom programmable keys and expansion module softkeys The softkey or programmable key must be configured for XML before you enable this ...

Страница 1076: ...llow a remote phone to be locked or unlocked Lock This command locks a remote phone Unlock This command unlocks a remote phone allowing an Administrator to update its configuration if required The following examples use the Lock and Unlock attributes with the Execute Command Example 1 AastraIPPhoneExecute ExecuteItem URI Command Unlock AastraIPPhoneExecute The phone gets unlocked Example 2 Server ...

Страница 1077: ...llow the phone to send recieve an RTP stream to from given multicast unicast addresses without involving SIP signaling The RTP and Multicast RTP XML commands are RTPRx Receive Rx a Unicast RTP stream or stop receiving a Unicast Multicast RTP streams RTPTx Transmit Tx a Unicast RTP stream or stop transmitting a Unicast Multicast RTP streams RTPMRx Receive Rx a Multicast RTP stream RTPMTx Transmit T...

Страница 1078: ...tream starts you can manually change the volume level as required using this v option If you do not specify the optional volume parameter the phone uses the current volume setting on the phone as the default Stop Specifies to stop any active RTP stream from being received on channel one Example This example receives a unicast RTP stream from 10 30 100 20 at UDP port 21000 with the voice settings a...

Страница 1079: ...ceived This behavior also applies to the RTPRx Stop and RTPMRx Stop commands as well but does not enable any further listening Where i Specifies the IP Address to which an RTP stream is transmit ed p Specifies the UDP port on which to transmit the RTP stream Ensure that this is a number greater than 3100 Stop Specifies to stop any active RTP stream from being transmitted on channel one Example Thi...

Страница 1080: ...on If you do not specify the optional volume parameter the phone uses the current volume setting on the phone as the default Example This example receives a multicast RTP stream from 239 0 1 20 on UDP port 21000 with the voice settings at 3 levels less than the current offset AastraIPPhoneExecute ExecuteItem URI RTPMRx 239 0 1 20 21000 3 AastraIPPhoneExecute Example This example receives a multica...

Страница 1081: ...ecute object in the URI is RTPMTx i p Where i Specifies the Multicast IP Address to which an RTP stream is transmitted p Specifies the UDP port on which to transmit the RTP stream Ensure that this is a number greater than 3100 Example This example sends a multicast RTP stream to 239 0 1 20 from UDP port 21000 AastraIPPhoneExecute ExecuteItem URI RTPMTx 239 0 1 20 21000 AastraIPPhoneExecute ...

Страница 1082: ...recording and simultaneously playing of an audio file mix When appended to an RTP command mix enables RTP recording and simultaneous playing of an audio file disableIcon When appended to an RTP command disableIcon disables the display of the mixed call icons on the LCD of the phones Sending RTP When a phone receives a request for sending RTP and there is an existing call on the phone no new audio ...

Страница 1083: ...tream and the voice stream is free Paging call is initiated using the voice stream with the mixed audio from the conference stream paging line does not display The active voice call is dropped Mixed RTP stream was being sent using this voice call RTP stream is dropped A new call comes in while an active voice call is put on hold Mixed RTP stream was being sent using this voice call RTP mixed strea...

Страница 1084: ...RTP stream on top of the existing call Paging line does not display The phone is in conference The request for receiving RTP is declined The phone is not in conference however both voice and conference streams are busy cordless handset The request for receiving RTP is declined The phone is in a call using the conference stream and the voice stream is free Incoming RTP stream is played on top of th...

Страница 1085: ...xecuteItem URI RTPTx 10 30 100 20 21000 mix AastraIPPhoneExecute Receive unicast RTP stream from 10 30 100 20 at port 21000 with the egress voice settings at 3 levels more than the current offset and play on top of the existing voice stream if any AastraIPPhoneExecute ExecuteItem URI RTPRx 10 30 100 20 21000 3 mix AastraIPPhoneExecute Receive unicast RTP stream from 10 30 100 20 at port 21000 with...

Страница 1086: ...upports the HTTP file download protocol Supports the aLaw and uLaw codecs Calls Action URI INCOMING when the audio WAV starts and Action URI ONHOOK when the WAV file playing has completed The name of the WAV file is inserted into the Action URI Plays the WAV file only if the phone is idle Aborts streaming if another line is selected for dialing out or if the current line is accepting an incoming c...

Страница 1087: ...cute ExecuteItem URI Wav Play http 10 30 101 26 wavfiles example wav AastraIPPhoneExecute AastraIPPhoneExecute ExecuteItem URI Wav Play http user password 10 30 101 26 example wav AastraIPPhoneExecute XML Command Wav Stop The Wav Stop Execute command aborts a WAV streaming currently in progress You enter this command with the AastraIPPhoneExecute object in the following format Wav Stop Example Aas...

Страница 1088: ...or Guide The 9480i 9480i CT 55i 57i and 57i CT screens display the following during WAV streaming To abort the WAV streaming a user can press any of the following Goodbye key Drop softkey Line key not applicable to the 51i You can also place the handset if in use on hook Streaming 00 10 ...

Страница 1089: ...astraIPPhoneExecute ExecuteItem URI Command ClearLocal AastraIPPhoneExecute AastraIPPhoneExecute ExecuteItem URI Command ClearCallersList AastraIPPhoneExecute AastraIPPhoneExecute ExecuteItem URI Command ClearDirectory AastraIPPhoneExecute AastraIPPhoneExecute ExecuteItem URI Command ClearRedialList AastraIPPhoneExecute XML Command Description Command ClearLocal Deletes the local cfg file Displays...

Страница 1090: ...abled while the event is being processed the request is discarded The phone maps key events to it s physical keys and not to it s mapped logical keys The following table identifies the XML URIs for pressing buttons on the phone XML Key URI Description Line Keys Key Line1 to Key Line4 Line 1 to 4 Keys Note The phone ignores URI line keys 5 to 9 since it does not have Line 5 to 9 physical keys Keypa...

Страница 1091: ...n Volume Decrease Key Key VolUp Volume Increase Key Feature Keys Key Xfer Transfer Key Key Conf Conference Key Key Services Services Key Key Intercom Intercom Key Key Headset Headset Key Note For Headset URI key the behavior will be as if the speaker headset key is pressed and does not switch to headset for headset key event or to speaker for speaker key event Key Speaker Speaker Key Note For Spea...

Страница 1092: ...Goodbye GoodBye Key Navigation Keys Key NavUp Navigation Up Key Key NavDwn Navigation Down Key Key NavLeft Navigation Left Key Key NavRight Navigation Right Key Function Keys only if physically configured on the phone or expansion module KeyPark Park Softkey KeyPickup Pickup Softkey Notes 1 If the URI key is a valid key the phone executes the key regardless of the current state on the phone 2 Park...

Страница 1093: ...Creating an XML Application 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 G 63 For XML Key Scripts URI XML Key URI URI Example URI Key Line1 URI SoftKey index 1 Label Keypad1 Label URI Key Line1 URI SoftKey ...

Страница 1094: ...In order for the phone to apply new configuration parameters you have to enter the parameters via the user interfaces Telephone User Interface Web User Interface or configuration files or reapply the new parameters using the XML scripts after every boot Specific configuration parameters are dynamic on the phone when pushed from XML scripts on the server See Dynamic Configuration Parameters on page...

Страница 1095: ...AastraIPPhoneConfiguration ConfigureItem Parameter softkey1 label Parameter Value John Doe Value ConfigureItem ConfigureItem Parameter softkey1 type Parameter Value speeddial Value ConfigureItem ConfigureItem Parameter softkey1 value Parameter Value 5551234 Value ConfigureItem AastraIPPhoneConfiguration Note You can add more configuration items as applicable There is a limit of 5000 bytes less tha...

Страница 1096: ...isabled prgkeyN name conference disabled prgkeyN value directory disabled prgkeyN line callers list disabled live dialpad options password enabled tone setv time server disabled ring tone time reserved audio mode dst config language time server1 ringback timeout time server2 headset tx gain time server3 headset sidetone gain time format handset tx gain date format handset sidetone gain time zone n...

Страница 1097: ...in password action uri incoming user password action uri outgoing sip nat ip action uri onhook sip nat port action uri offhook sip dial plan action uri startup sip dial plan terminator play a ring splash sip digit timeout map redial key to sip blf subscription period map conf key to sip registration retry timer download protocol sip forward number ftp server sip forward mode ftp username sip ring ...

Страница 1098: ...cts that you can use in an XML script XML Image Object Image Type Description AastraIPPhoneImageScreen Standalone Bitmap Image Displays a single bitmap image according to alignment height and width specifications AastraIPPhoneImageMenu Menu Image Displays a bitmap image as a menu Menu selections are linked to keypad keys 0 9 AastraIPPhoneTextMenu Icon Menu Icon Menu Image Displays a small icon bef...

Страница 1099: ...ers map to one byte of pixel data where each bit represents a pixel The image data describes the bitmap from left to right and top to bottom The data is padded on an 8 bit boundary so if the height and width do not match the pixel information then the image will not display correctly The character strings map to the middle and four corners of the screen If desired you can specify an integer as an ...

Страница 1100: ...ows AastraIPPhoneImageScreen Image verticalAlign top middle bottom pixel horizontalAlign left middle right pixel height integer width integer FF00F800FF00FFFFFFFFFFFF00FF00FF00FFF8F200 Image vertical and horizontal default to middle height and width must match the image data AastraIPPhoneImageScreen XML Screen Example Note This object supports the destroyOnExit attribute ...

Страница 1101: ...represents a pixel The image data describes the bitmap from left to right and top to bottom The data is padded on an 8 bit boundary so if the height and width do not match the pixel information then the image will not display correctly The character strings map to the middle and four corners of the screen If desired you can specify an integer as an absolute pixel for customized displays XML Exampl...

Страница 1102: ...ed to the base URI if one exists The default softkey is a Done key at the bottom right position It is a parse error if two URIs specify the same index XML Screen Example Note This object supports the destroyOnExit attribute Done Press0 CompanyInfo Press1 StockMarket Press Weather This entire box is a bitmap image ...

Страница 1103: ...by linking HTTP requests and icons to menu items XML Example The XML script for the AastraIPPhoneTextMenu Icon Menu object is as follows AastraIPPhoneTextMenu Title Icon Menu Title MenuItem base http someserver icon 1 Prompt Voicemail Prompt URI scripts voicemail php URI MenuItem MenuItem icon 2 Prompt Horoscope Prompt URI scripts horoscope php URI MenuItem IconList Icon index 1 Icon Envelope Icon...

Страница 1104: ...u define the icons in the IconList you can then call those icons as you need them throughout the script This also allows you to assign the icons to softkeys on the phone You can load images in the IconList in two ways By specifying the image after a special prefix called Icon For example IconList Icon index 1 Icon Envelope Icon IconList By specifying the image in hexidecimal format For example Ico...

Страница 1105: ...ute to create images for softkey prompts AastraIPPhoneTextScreen Title Directory List Title Text Welcome to the Directory Text SoftKey index 4 icon 2 Label Listing Label URI http server page php URI SoftKey SoftKey index 3 icon 1 Label Exit Label URI http server otherpage php URI SoftKey IconList Icon index 1 FF00F3 Icon Icon index 2 Icon ArrowRight Icon IconList AastraIPPhoneTextScreen Note For a...

Страница 1106: ...he IP phones have internal icon images you can use when specifying the Icon uri name attribute in the IconList The following table lists the internal icons you can specify URI Name Displays this PhoneOnHook PhoneOffHook PhoneRinging DND None ArrowRight ArrowLeft Speaker DirectoryList Welcometothe Directory Listing Exit Exit Icon ArrowRight Icon ...

Страница 1107: ...eating an XML Application 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 G 77 ArrowUp ArrowDown ArrowsUpandDown FilledCircle EmptyCircle Envelope Prohibit Square Ellipse TailArrowUp TailArrowDown URI Name Displays this ...

Страница 1108: ...ect If the Beep attribute is set to no i e Beep no or not present then the default behavior is no beep is heard when the object arrives to the phone Scroll Delay Option configurable via config files and Aastra Web UI only The IP phones support a scroll delay option that allows you to set the time delay in seconds between the scrolling of each status message on the phone The default time is 5 secon...

Страница 1109: ...xample The following example illustrates the use of the Timeout attribute with the AastraIPPhoneFormattedTextScreen object The result would cause the LCD screen to timeout in 30 seconds xs element name AastraIPPhoneFormattedTextScreen xs attribute name Beep default no xs simpleType xs restriction base xs string xs pattern value yes no xs restriction xs simpleType xs attribute xs attribute name Des...

Страница 1110: ... in the display of the XML information even if other events occur except for an incoming call xs element name AastraIPPhoneFormattedTextScreen xs attribute name Beep default no xs simpleType xs restriction base xs string xs pattern value yes no xs restriction xs simpleType xs attribute xs attribute name DestroyOnExit default no xs simpleType xs restriction base xs string xs pattern value yes no xs...

Страница 1111: ...URI URI to Get Label Hardkey XML Example The following illustrates the AastraIPPhoneTextScreen object using the Cancel attribute AastraIPPhoneTextScreen cancelAction http 10 50 10 117 ft xml Title Test Title Text This is a test of the cancel action Text AastraIPPhoneTextScreen When this XML script is sent to the phone and the user presses the default CANCEL key the script executes a GET on http 10...

Страница 1112: ...le 2 for a sample HTTP post packet and php source code Example 1 POST HTTP 1 1 Accept image gif image x xbitmap image jpeg image pjpeg application vnd ms powerpoint application vnd ms excel application msword application x shockwave flash Referer http 10 50 10 53 Accept Language en us Content Type application x www form urlencoded Accept Encoding gzip deflate User Agent Mozilla 4 0 compatible MSIE...

Страница 1113: ...ST HTTP 1 1 r n post Host phone r n post Referer server r n post Connection Keep Alive r n post Content Type application x www form urlencoded r n post Content Length strlen xml r n r n fp fsockopen phone 80 errno errstr 5 if fp fputs fp post xml flush fclose fp xml AastraIPPhoneTextScreen n xml Title Push test Title n xml Text This is a test for pushing a screen to a phone Text n xml AastraIPPhon...

Страница 1114: ...e phone recognizes this setting when parsing the HTTP header If the setting is present then it passes along the refresh timeout and the URL to the ParserData object which all XML screen objects inherit from The ParserData class also has a timer which must be set to expire at the next refresh time When the timer expires time to refresh the screen the phone requests the URL again and displays the re...

Страница 1115: ...is section This helps you find any parsing errors that may exist and verify that your XML objects conform to the Aastra API XML Schema xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 xs schema xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xs element name AastraIPPhoneTextScreen xs complexType xs sequence xs element name Title type xs string xs element name Text xs simpleType xs restriction base xs string xs minLeng...

Страница 1116: ...s element name MenuItem minOccurs 1 maxOccurs 15 xs complexType xs sequence xs element name Prompt type xs string xs element name URI type xs string xs sequence xs attribute name base type xs string xs complexType xs element xs sequence xs attribute name destroyOnExit default no xs simpleType xs restriction base xs string xs pattern value yes no xs restriction xs simpleType xs attribute xs complex...

Страница 1117: ...estriction xs simpleType xs attribute xs complexType xs element xs element name AastraIPPhoneDirectory xs complexType xs sequence xs element name Title type xs string xs element name MenuItem minOccurs 1 maxOccurs 15 xs complexType xs sequence xs element name Prompt type xs string xs element name URI type xs string xs sequence xs complexType xs element xs sequence xs attribute name destroyOnExit d...

Страница 1118: ...ne is trying to access Non Blocking HTTP Connections The IP Phones support a non blocking HTTP connection feature This feature allows the user to continue using the phone when there is a delay during an HTTP connection while the phone is waiting for the HTTP server to respond This feature also allows a user to abort the connection and perform other operations on the phone which will abort the HTTP...

Страница 1119: ...ample the phone calls http 10 30 100 39 XMLtests SampleTextScreen xml after reception of the SIP NOTIFY Example of a SIP NOTIFY with XML Content NOTIFY sip 200 10 30 100 103 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 30 100 103 5060 branch z9hG4bK7bbc1fac rport From sip 201 10 30 100 103 5060 tag 81be2861f3 To Jacky200 sip 200 10 30 100 103 5060 Contact sip 201 10 30 100 103 Call ID 59638f5d95c9d301 CSeq 4 N...

Страница 1120: ...s coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist the phone rejects the message Reference For information on enabling disabling XMLSIP Notify see Chapter 6 the section XML SIP Notify Events Example of a SIP NOTIFY without XML Conte...

Страница 1121: ...e original purchase date is to be provided with all telephone sets returned for warranty repairs Exclusions Aastra Telecom does not warrant its telephone sets to be compatible with the equipment of any particular telephone company This warranty does not extend to damage to products resulting from improper installation or operation alteration accident neglect abuse misuse fire or natural causes suc...

Страница 1122: ...arranty Service Aastra Telecom offers ongoing repair and support for this product This service provides repair or replacement of your Aastra Telecom product at Aastra Telecom s option for a fixed charge You are responsible for all shipping charges For further information and shipping instructions In North America contact our service information number 1 800 574 1611 Outside North America contact y...

Страница 1123: ...inistrator options 3 1 4 1 auto call distribution acd auto available 3 30 acd auto available timer 3 30 subscription period 5 186 Auto Call Distribution ACD key 5 144 auto answer 5 99 A 169 about 5 98 auto answer delay before 5 99 B backlight mode 55i 57i 57i CT A 60 barge in 5 100 A 170 Basic Preferences 3 19 Basic settings Call Forward Mode 3 23 call waiting 3 20 digit timeout 3 19 display dtmf ...

Страница 1124: ...9 Codecs 4 90 customized preference list of 4 91 conf key 5 147 5 156 conference key 1 7 enabling disabling 5 109 mapping as speeddial 5 110 Conference softkey 1 26 1 30 config server alternate TFTP 3 74 auto resync mode 3 79 auto resync time 3 80 download path HTTPS path 3 78 download port HTTPS port 3 78 download protocol 3 73 download server HTTPS sserver 3 78 FTP password 3 76 FTP path 3 76 FT...

Страница 1125: ...ying 5 61 DTMF methods 4 93 DTMF playback configuring suppression for 5 59 DTMF out of band 4 92 DTMF suppressing playback 5 59 E emergency dial plan defining 5 16 empty key 5 148 encryption methods for 7 2 overview 7 2 procedure for 7 4 Ethernet cable 1 4 expansion module 536M 1 5 expansion module 560M 1 5 expansion module customizing columns for 5 351 A 219 F feature keys 5 137 configuring 5 153...

Страница 1126: ...25 type 3 25 intercom warning tone A 170 IP phone UI 2 2 K key descriptions 1 11 key mapping map conf key to 3 26 map redial key to 3 26 key mapping enable disable Redial Xfer Conf Keys 5 109 key press simulation G 60 key press simulation XML URI 5 337 key redirection redial conf xfer icom voicemail 5 334 L LAN Port 3 39 Language language 1 thru 4 3 33 language overview 5 30 specifying on IP phone...

Страница 1127: ...S block XML HTTP Posts 3 45 HTTPS certificate expiration 3 47 HTTPS certificate hostname 3 48 HTTPS Client Method 3 46 HTTPS redirect 3 45 HTTPS trusted certificates filename 3 48 LLDP packet interval 3 41 LLDP support 3 41 NAT IP 3 42 NAT RTP port 3 43 NAT SIP Port 3 42 Nortel NAT 3 43 Nortel NAT timer 3 43 NTP time servers 3 43 3 44 Time Servers 1 thru 3 3 44 UPnP 3 42 upnp gateway 3 42 network ...

Страница 1128: ...ng tone settings A 135 global SIP A 64 goodbye key cancels incoming call A 142 group paging RTP settings A 171 handset feature keys A 206 HTTP HTTPS authentication with Broadsoft CMS A 86 HTTPS client and server settings A 31 HTTPS server certificate validation A 33 incoming call interrupts dialing A 138 incoming intercom A 169 Intercom settings A 167 language A 154 language pack A 156 live dialpa...

Страница 1129: ...ation of 5 55 using on the IP phone 5 228 pass thru port 3 39 password resetting user s 5 7 passwords for a user 5 5 for an administrator 5 9 PC Port 3 39 phone lock key 5 148 Phone Status Firmware Version 3 10 IP MAC Address 3 10 LAN Port 3 10 PC Port 3 10 phone status settings 3 9 pickup key 5 146 5 156 play warning tone 5 99 PoE 1 4 preferred line 5 77 preferred line timeout 5 77 priority alert...

Страница 1130: ...tion 3 59 explicit mwi subscription period 3 59 local SIP UDP TCP Port 3 62 3 63 missed call summary subscription 3 59 missed call summary subscription period 3 60 registration failed retry timer 3 63 registration renewal timer 3 63 registration timeout retry timer 3 63 send line number in REGISTER message 3 61 send MAC address in REGISTER message 3 60 session timer 3 61 timer 1 and timer 2 3 61 t...

Страница 1131: ... TLS support sip persistent tls 3 84 sip transport protocol 3 83 sips local certificate 3 85 sips private key 3 86 sips root and intermediate certificates 3 85 sips trusted certificates 3 86 ToS 4 50 ToS DSCP 3 49 transfer key 1 7 Transfer softkey 1 26 1 30 troubleshooting 9 3 log settings for A 233 solutions to common problems 9 15 WatchDog tasks for A 236 Tx Rx adjustments about 5 339 configurin...

Страница 1132: ...ed services 5 296 disconnected action URI 5 316 enabling disabling SIP Notify 5 321 key redirection 5 334 off hook interaction with XML applications 5 337 Options key redirection Services key on 51i 5 335 override for a locked phone 5 338 polling action URIs 5 325 procedure for configuring 5 303 push from the server 5 301 push requests 5 303 scroll delay for status messages 5 301 SIP Notify events...

Страница 1133: ......

Страница 1134: ...eries 2008 Aastra Telecom Inc If you ve read this owner s manual and consulted the Troubleshooting section and still have problems please visit our website at www aastratelecom com or call 1 800 574 1611 for technical assistance 41 001160 01 Rev 00 Release 2 3 June 2008 ...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Похожие инструкции для 51i

Бренд: Uniden Страницы: 16

Бренд: Haier Страницы: 57

Бренд: iData Страницы: 34

Бренд: Palm Страницы: 52

Бренд: Yealink Страницы: 3

SPH-A600 Series

Бренд: Samsung Страницы: 111

Бренд: Grandstream Networks Страницы: 84

Бренд: M4 Страницы: 22

Yealink SIP-T20P

Бренд: Yealink Страницы: 2

Бренд: i-onik Страницы: 5

Бренд: Aquos Phone Страницы: 88

Бренд: i.safe MOBILE Страницы: 72

Бренд: Polycom Страницы: 2

Бренд: Fortinet Страницы: 28

AlphaRefuge 2100 Series

Бренд: Alpha Communications Страницы: 18

Бренд: Zte Страницы: 91

Бренд: Asus Страницы: 14

Бренд: Asus Страницы: 56

Бренды по названию

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды